HP Officejet 6500 All-in-One Printer series - E709 User guide

OFFICEJET 6500
User Guide
Podręcznik użytkownika
E709
HP Officejet 6500 (E709) All-in-One
Series
User Guide
Copyright information
© 2009 Copyright Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, L.P.
Hewlett-Packard Company
notices
The information contained in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
All rights reserved. Reproduction,
adaptation, or translation of this
material is prohibited without prior
written permission of Hewlett-Packard,
except as allowed under copyright laws.
The only warranties for HP products
and services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying
such products and services. Nothing
herein should be construed as
constituting an additional warranty. HP
shall not be liable for technical or
editorial errors or omissions contained
herein.
Acknowledgements
Windows and Windows XP are U.S.
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. Windows Vista is either a
registered trademark or trademark of
Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
Secure Digital memory
card is supported by the product. SD
Logo is a trademark of its proprietor.
Safety information
Always follow basic safety precautions
when using this product to reduce risk
of injury from fire or electric shock.
1. Read and understand all instructions
in the documentation that comes with
the device.
2. Observe all warnings and
instructions marked on the product.
3. Unplug this product from wall outlets
before cleaning.
4. Do not install or use this product near
water, or when you are wet.
5. Install the product securely on a
stable surface.
6. Install the product in a protected
location where no one can step on or
trip over the line cord, and the line cord
cannot be damaged.
7. If the product does not operate
normally, see Maintain and
troubleshoot.
8. There are no user-serviceable parts
inside. Refer servicing to qualified
service personnel.
9. Use only the external power adaptor/
battery provided with the device.
Contents
1
Get started
Find other resources for the product .......................................................................................11
Finding the device model number............................................................................................12
Accessibility..............................................................................................................................13
Understand the device parts.....................................................................................................13
Front view...........................................................................................................................14
Printing supplies area.........................................................................................................14
Back view............................................................................................................................15
Device control panel buttons and lights..............................................................................15
Connection information.......................................................................................................17
Turn off the device....................................................................................................................18
Eco-Tips....................................................................................................................................18
2
Use the device
Use device control panel menus..............................................................................................19
Device control-panel message types........................................................................................20
Status messages................................................................................................................20
Warning messages.............................................................................................................20
Error messages..................................................................................................................21
Critical error messages.......................................................................................................21
Change device settings............................................................................................................21
Use the HP software.................................................................................................................22
Use the HP photo and imaging software............................................................................22
Use the HP productivity software.......................................................................................23
Load originals...........................................................................................................................24
Load an original on the scanner glass................................................................................24
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).................................................25
Select print media.....................................................................................................................27
Recommended papers for printing and copying.................................................................27
Recommended papers for photo printing...........................................................................28
Tips for selecting and using print media.............................................................................29
Understand specifications for supported media.................................................................30
Understand supported sizes.........................................................................................30
Understand supported media types and weights.........................................................33
Set minimum margins.........................................................................................................34
Load media...............................................................................................................................35
Print on special and custom-sized media.................................................................................36
Print borderless.........................................................................................................................37
Install the duplexer...................................................................................................................38
3
Print
Change print settings................................................................................................................40
Change settings from an application for current jobs (Windows).......................................40
Change default settings for all future jobs (Windows)........................................................40
Change settings (Mac OS X)..............................................................................................41
1
Print on both sides (duplexing).................................................................................................41
Guidelines for printing on both sides of a page..................................................................41
Perform duplexing..............................................................................................................41
Print a Web page......................................................................................................................42
Cancel a print job......................................................................................................................43
4
Scan
Scan an original........................................................................................................................44
Scan an original to a computer...........................................................................................45
Scan an original to a memory device.................................................................................45
Use Webscan via embedded Web server................................................................................45
Scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program...................................................46
Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program.............................................................................46
Scan from a WIA-compliant program..................................................................................46
Edit a scanned original.............................................................................................................46
Edit a scanned photo or graphic.........................................................................................46
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software.................47
Change scan settings...............................................................................................................47
Cancel a scan job.....................................................................................................................47
5
Work with memory devices
Insert a memory card................................................................................................................48
Print DPOF photos....................................................................................................................49
Print Selected Photos...............................................................................................................50
View photos..............................................................................................................................50
View photos using your computer......................................................................................50
Print an index sheet from the device control panel...................................................................50
Save photos to your computer..................................................................................................51
Use Photo Fix tools..................................................................................................................51
Use Red Eye Removal.............................................................................................................51
Use Date Stamp.......................................................................................................................52
Set New Defaults......................................................................................................................52
6
Fax
Send a fax................................................................................................................................53
Send a basic fax.................................................................................................................54
Send a fax manually from a phone.....................................................................................54
Send a fax using monitor dialing........................................................................................55
Send a fax from memory....................................................................................................56
Schedule a fax to send later...............................................................................................56
Send a fax to multiple recipients.........................................................................................57
Send a fax to multiple recipients from the device control panel ..................................58
Send a fax to multiple recipients from the HP Photosmart Studio Software (Mac
OS X)............................................................................................................................58
Send a color original fax.....................................................................................................58
Change the fax resolution and Lighter / Darker settings...................................................59
Change the fax resolution.............................................................................................59
Change the Lighter / Darker setting............................................................................60
Set new default settings...............................................................................................61
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode..................................................................................61
2
Contents
Receive a fax............................................................................................................................61
Receive a fax manually......................................................................................................62
Set up backup fax reception...............................................................................................63
Reprint received faxes from memory..................................................................................64
Poll to receive a fax............................................................................................................64
Forward faxes to another number......................................................................................65
Set the paper size for received faxes.................................................................................65
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes........................................................................66
Block junk fax numbers......................................................................................................66
Set the junk fax mode...................................................................................................67
Add numbers to the junk fax list...................................................................................67
Remove numbers from the junk fax list........................................................................68
Print a Junk Fax Report................................................................................................68
View a list of blocked fax numbers...............................................................................68
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)............................................68
Fax to Pc and Fax to Mac requirements.......................................................................69
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac..............................................................................69
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings......................................................................70
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.................................................................................70
Change fax settings..................................................................................................................70
Configure the fax header....................................................................................................71
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)..................................................................................71
Set the number of rings before answering..........................................................................72
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring............................................................72
Set the fax error correction mode.......................................................................................73
Set the dial type..................................................................................................................73
Set the redial options..........................................................................................................74
Set the fax speed................................................................................................................74
Set the fax sound volume...................................................................................................75
Set up speed-dial entries..........................................................................................................75
Set up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups..........................................................75
Set up speed-dial entries..............................................................................................76
Set up a speed-dial group............................................................................................76
Print and view a list of speed-dial entries...........................................................................77
View a list of speed-dial entries....................................................................................77
Print a list of speed-dial entries....................................................................................78
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP).............................................................................................78
Test fax setup...........................................................................................................................79
Use reports...............................................................................................................................79
Print fax confirmation reports..............................................................................................80
Print fax error reports..........................................................................................................81
Print and view the fax log...................................................................................................81
Clear the fax log.................................................................................................................82
Print the details of the last fax transaction..........................................................................82
Print a Caller ID History Report..........................................................................................83
Cancel a fax..............................................................................................................................83
7
Copy
Make copies..............................................................................................................................84
Change the copy settings.........................................................................................................85
Set the number of copies..........................................................................................................85
3
Set the copy paper size............................................................................................................86
Set the copy paper type............................................................................................................86
Change copy speed or quality..................................................................................................86
Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper........................................................................87
Copy a legal-size document onto letter paper..........................................................................88
Adjust the lightness and darkness of your copy.......................................................................88
Enhance light areas of your copy.............................................................................................89
Collate a copy job.....................................................................................................................89
Apply Margin Shift to a Copy Job.............................................................................................90
Two-sided copy jobs.................................................................................................................90
Cancel a copy job.....................................................................................................................91
8
4
Configure and manage
Manage the device...................................................................................................................92
Monitor the device..............................................................................................................93
Administer the device.........................................................................................................93
Use device management tools.................................................................................................95
Toolbox (Windows).............................................................................................................95
Open the Toolbox.........................................................................................................95
Toolbox tabs ................................................................................................................96
Network Toolbox...........................................................................................................96
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows).............................................................................97
Embedded Web server.......................................................................................................97
To open the embedded Web server.............................................................................98
Embedded Web server pages......................................................................................99
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)..............................................................................................99
Open the HP Printer Utility............................................................................................99
HP Printer Utility panels................................................................................................99
Use the HP Device Manager (Mac OS X)........................................................................100
Understand the printer status page........................................................................................100
Understand the network configuration page...........................................................................101
Configure network options......................................................................................................102
Change basic network settings.........................................................................................103
View and print network settings..................................................................................103
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)..............................................103
Change advanced network settings.................................................................................103
Set link speed.............................................................................................................104
To View IP settings.....................................................................................................104
To Change IP settings................................................................................................104
Contents
Set up faxing for the device ...................................................................................................104
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)............................................................................105
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office.................................................106
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)...................................................108
Case B: Set up the device with DSL...........................................................................109
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line......................110
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line......................................111
Case E: Shared voice/fax line....................................................................................112
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail............................................................113
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received).................114
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem................................................117
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine..............................................121
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine..........123
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail............127
Serial-type fax setup.........................................................................................................128
Configure the device (Windows).............................................................................................129
Direct connection..............................................................................................................129
Install the software before connecting the device (recommended)............................130
Connect the device before installing the software......................................................130
Share the device on a locally shared network............................................................131
Network connection..........................................................................................................131
To install the device on a network..............................................................................132
To install the device software on client computers.....................................................132
To install the printer driver using Add Printer.............................................................133
Configure the device (Mac OS X)...........................................................................................133
Install the software for network or direct connection........................................................133
Share the device on a locally shared network..................................................................133
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only).......................................134
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings..................................................................135
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)....................................137
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)...................................137
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup
wizard...............................................................................................................................137
To turn off wireless communication..................................................................................137
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection..................................138
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network.............................................138
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices...............................................................138
Change the connection method........................................................................................139
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security............................................................140
To add hardware addresses to a WAP.......................................................................140
Other guidelines.........................................................................................................140
Uninstall and reinstall the software.........................................................................................141
5
9
6
Maintain and troubleshoot
Work with ink cartridges..........................................................................................................143
Information on ink cartridges and the printhead...............................................................144
Check the estimated ink levels.........................................................................................144
Replace the ink cartridges................................................................................................145
Advanced ink cartridge maintenance...............................................................................147
Clean the sensor........................................................................................................148
Clean the sensor windows on the ink cartridges........................................................149
Advanced printhead maintenance....................................................................................151
Clean the printhead....................................................................................................151
Align the printer..........................................................................................................152
Usage information collection............................................................................................153
Print and evaluate a print quality report..................................................................................154
To print a print quality report.............................................................................................154
To evaluate the Print Quality Diagnostic Page.................................................................155
Ink Levels....................................................................................................................155
Good color bars..........................................................................................................155
Ragged, irregularly streaked, or faded bars...............................................................156
Regular white streaks in the bars...............................................................................157
Bar colors are not uniform..........................................................................................157
Large Black Font Text................................................................................................158
Alignment Patters.......................................................................................................158
Clean the device.....................................................................................................................159
Clean the scanner glass...................................................................................................159
Clean the exterior.............................................................................................................160
Clean the automatic document feeder..............................................................................160
General troubleshooting tips and resources...........................................................................163
Solve printing problems..........................................................................................................164
The device shuts down unexpectedly...............................................................................164
Error message appears on control-panel display.............................................................165
Device takes a long time to print......................................................................................165
Blank or partial page printed.............................................................................................165
Something on the page is missing or incorrect.................................................................166
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong.......................................................................166
Print troubleshooting...............................................................................................................167
Envelopes print incorrectly...............................................................................................168
The product is not responding..........................................................................................168
The product prints meaningless characters......................................................................171
Nothing happens when I try to print..................................................................................172
The margins are not printing as expected........................................................................175
Text or graphics are cut off at the edge of the page.........................................................176
A blank page came out while printing...............................................................................178
Contents
Print quality troubleshooting...................................................................................................179
Wrong, inaccurate, or bleeding colors..............................................................................179
Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely................................................................182
The printout has a horizontal band of distortion near the bottom of a borderless
print...................................................................................................................................184
Printouts have horizontal streaks or lines.........................................................................185
Printouts are faded or have dull colors.............................................................................187
Printouts seem blurry or fuzzy..........................................................................................189
Printouts are slanted or skewed.......................................................................................190
Ink streaks on the back of the paper................................................................................191
Paper is not picked up from the input tray........................................................................192
Poor black text..................................................................................................................193
The product prints slowly..................................................................................................195
Solve paper-feed problems....................................................................................................195
Solve copy problems..............................................................................................................197
No copy came out.............................................................................................................197
Copies are blank...............................................................................................................198
Documents are missing or faded......................................................................................198
Size is reduced.................................................................................................................198
Copy quality is poor..........................................................................................................198
Copy defects are apparent...............................................................................................199
Error messages appear....................................................................................................199
Solve scan problems..............................................................................................................199
Scanner did nothing..........................................................................................................200
Scan takes too long..........................................................................................................200
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing........................................................201
Text cannot be edited.......................................................................................................201
Error messages appear....................................................................................................202
Scanned image quality is poor.........................................................................................202
Scan defects are apparent...............................................................................................203
Solve fax problems.................................................................................................................203
The fax test failed.............................................................................................................204
Solve network problems.........................................................................................................217
Solve wireless problems (some models only)........................................................................217
Basic wireless troubleshooting.........................................................................................218
Advanced wireless troubleshooting..................................................................................218
Make sure your computer is connected to your network............................................219
Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network......................................220
Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication................................221
Make sure the HP device is online and ready............................................................221
Your wireless router is using a hidden SSID..............................................................222
Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer driver
(Windows only)...........................................................................................................222
Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows only).......222
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)......................................223
Solve photo (memory card) problems....................................................................................223
The device cannot read the memory card........................................................................223
The device cannot read photos on the memory card.......................................................224
Solve device management problems.....................................................................................224
Embedded Web server cannot be opened.......................................................................224
7
Troubleshoot installation issues.............................................................................................225
Hardware installation suggestions....................................................................................225
Software installation suggestions.....................................................................................226
Clear jams...............................................................................................................................227
Clear paper jams..............................................................................................................227
Avoid paper jams..............................................................................................................229
Errors......................................................................................................................................229
Printhead Problem............................................................................................................230
Incompatible Printhead.....................................................................................................230
Printhead problem and advanced printhead maintenance...............................................230
Printhead problem - The following printhead has a problem......................................230
Advanced printhead maintenance..............................................................................231
Fax Memory Full...............................................................................................................235
Device Disconnected........................................................................................................235
Ink Alert.............................................................................................................................235
HP recommends you have a replacement available for when print quality becomes
no longer acceptable..................................................................................................236
The amount of ink in the following cartridge may be low enough to cause poor print
quality and cartridge changes may be required soon. HP recommends you have
replacement cartridges available to install when print quality is no longer
acceptable..................................................................................................................236
Ink system failure........................................................................................................236
Cartridge Problem.............................................................................................................237
The following cartridge appears to be missing or damaged.......................................237
Cartridge(s) in Wrong Slot - The following cartridges are in the wrong slots..............237
Cartridge Problem.............................................................................................................237
Paper Mismatch................................................................................................................237
The cartridge cradle cannot move....................................................................................238
Paper Jam........................................................................................................................238
Paper Jam........................................................................................................................238
The printer is out of paper................................................................................................238
Incompatible Cartridge(s).................................................................................................238
Incompatible Cartridge(s)...........................................................................................238
Incompatible Cartridge(s)...........................................................................................238
Printer Offline....................................................................................................................239
Printer Paused..................................................................................................................239
Sensor issue.....................................................................................................................240
Sensor failure...................................................................................................................240
Previously used genuine HP cartridge.............................................................................240
Ink Service Capacity Warning..........................................................................................241
Document failed to print....................................................................................................241
General printer error.........................................................................................................241
A HP supplies and accessories
Order printing supplies online.................................................................................................242
Accessories............................................................................................................................242
Supplies..................................................................................................................................242
Supported ink cartridges...................................................................................................243
HP media..........................................................................................................................243
8
Contents
B Support and warranty
Obtain electronic support........................................................................................................244
Warranty.................................................................................................................................245
Ink cartridge warranty information..........................................................................................246
Obtain HP telephone support.................................................................................................247
Support process...............................................................................................................247
Before you call..................................................................................................................247
HP support by phone........................................................................................................248
Phone support period.................................................................................................248
Telephone support numbers.......................................................................................249
Placing a call...............................................................................................................250
After the phone support period...................................................................................250
Additional warranty options..............................................................................................250
HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)...............................................................................251
HP Korea customer support.............................................................................................251
Prepare the device for shipment.............................................................................................252
Remove the device control-panel faceplate.....................................................................252
Remove the rear access panel or duplexer......................................................................254
Remove the output tray....................................................................................................254
Pack the device......................................................................................................................255
C Device specifications
Physical specifications............................................................................................................256
Product features and capacities.............................................................................................256
Processor and memory specifications....................................................................................257
System requirements..............................................................................................................257
Network protocol specifications..............................................................................................258
Embedded Web server specifications....................................................................................258
Print specifications..................................................................................................................259
Copy specifications.................................................................................................................259
Fax specifications...................................................................................................................259
Scan specifications.................................................................................................................260
Environmental specifications..................................................................................................260
Electrical specifications..........................................................................................................260
Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779)................261
Memory card specifications....................................................................................................261
D Regulatory information
FCC statement........................................................................................................................263
Notice to users in Korea.........................................................................................................263
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan......................................................263
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord......................................................................264
Toxic and hazardous substance table....................................................................................264
LED indicator statement.........................................................................................................264
Noise emission statement for Germany.................................................................................264
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements........................................265
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network...............................................................265
Notice to users in the European Economic Area....................................................................267
Notice to users of the German telephone network.................................................................267
9
Regulatory information for wireless products (some models only).........................................267
Exposure to radio frequency radiation..............................................................................268
Notice to users in Brazil....................................................................................................268
Notice to users in Canada................................................................................................268
Notice to users in Taiwan.................................................................................................268
European Union regulatory notice....................................................................................269
Australia wired fax statement.................................................................................................269
Regulatory model number......................................................................................................269
Declaration of conformity........................................................................................................271
Environmental product stewardship program.........................................................................273
Paper use.........................................................................................................................273
Plastics.............................................................................................................................273
Material safety data sheets...............................................................................................273
Recycling program............................................................................................................273
HP inkjet supplies recycling program...............................................................................273
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European
Union................................................................................................................................274
Power consumption..........................................................................................................274
Chemical Substances ......................................................................................................275
Third-party licenses................................................................................................................276
Expat.................................................................................................................................276
OpenSSL..........................................................................................................................276
SHA2................................................................................................................................278
Index............................................................................................................................................280
10
1
Get started
This guide provides details about how to use the device and to resolve problems.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Find other resources for the product
Finding the device model number
Accessibility
Understand the device parts
Turn off the device
Eco-Tips
NOTE: If you are using the device with a computer running Windows 2000, Windows
XP x64, Windows XP Starter Edition, or Windows Vista Starter Edition, some features
might not be available. For more information, see Operating system compatibility.
Find other resources for the product
You can obtain product information and further troubleshooting resources that are not
included in this guide from the following resources:
Resource
Description
Location
Setup poster
Provides illustrated setup
information.
A printed version of this
document is provided with the
device, it is also available on
the HP Website www.hp.com/
support.
Readme file and release
notes
Provide late-breaking
information and
troubleshooting tips.
Included on the Starter CD.
Fax Getting Started Guide
Provides instructions for
setting up the device’s fax
function.
A printed version of the
document is provided with the
device.
Wireless Getting Started
Guide (some models only)
Provides instructions for
setting up the device’s wireless
function.
A printed version of the
document is provided with the
device.
Toolbox (Microsoft®
Windows®)
Provides information about
printhead health and access to
maintenance services.
The Toolbox is typically
installed with the device
software as an available
installation option.
For more information, see
Toolbox (Windows).
HP Solution Center (Windows)
Allows you to change device
settings, order supplies, start,
and access the onscreen Help.
Depending on the devices you
have installed, the HP Solution
Center provides additional
features, such as access to the
HP photo and imaging
Typically installed with the
device software.
Get started
11
Chapter 1
(continued)
Resource
Description
Location
software and the Fax Setup
Wizard. For more information,
see Use the HP Solution
Center (Windows).
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)
Contains tools to configure
print settings, calibrate the
device, clean the printhead,
print the configuration page,
order supplies online, and find
support information from the
Web site.
The HP Printer Utility is
typically installed with the
device software.
For more information, see HP
Printer Utility (Mac OS X).
Device control panel
Provides status, error, and
warning information about
operations.
For more information, see
Device control panel buttons
and lights.
Logs and reports
Provides information about
events that have occurred.
For more information, see
Monitor the device.
Printer Status report
•
For more information, see
Understand the printer status
page.
Device information:
◦ Product name
◦
◦
◦
•
HP Web sites
Model number
Serial number
Firmware version
number
Number of pages printed
from the trays and
accessories
Provide the latest printer
software, and product and
support information.
www.hp.com/support
HP telephone support
Lists information to contact
HP. During the warranty
period, this support is often
free of charge.
For more information, see
Obtain HP telephone support.
Embedded Web Server
Provides status information for
the product and the printing
supplies and allows you to
change device settings.
For more information, see
Embedded Web server.
www.hp.com
Finding the device model number
In addition to the model name that appears on the front of the device, this device has a
specific model number. You can use this number to help determine which supplies or
accessories are available for your product, as well as when obtaining support.
The model number is printed on a label located inside the device, near the ink cartridges
area.
12
Get started
Accessibility
The device provides a number of features that make it accessible for people with
disabilities.
Visual
The device software is accessible for users with visual impairments or low vision through
the use of your operating system's accessibility options and features. It also supports
most assistive technology such as screen readers, Braille readers, and voice-to-text
applications. For users who are color blind, colored buttons and tabs used in the software
and on the device control panel have simple text or icon labels that convey the appropriate
action.
Mobility
For users with mobility impairments, the device software functions can be executed
through keyboard commands. The software also supports Windows accessibility options
such as StickyKeys, ToggleKeys, FilterKeys, and MouseKeys. The device doors, buttons,
paper trays, and paper guides can be operated by users with limited strength and reach.
Support
For more details about the accessibility of this product and HP's commitment to product
accessibility, visit HP's Web site at www.hp.com/accessibility.
For accessibility information for Mac OS X, visit the Apple Web site at www.apple.com/
accessibility.
Understand the device parts
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
Front view
Printing supplies area
Back view
Device control panel buttons and lights
Connection information
Understand the device parts
13
Chapter 1
Front view
1
Automatic document feeder (ADF)
2
Device control panel
3
Display
4
Memory card slots
5
Output tray
6
Output tray extension
7
Input tray
8
Scanner glass
9
Scanner backing
Printing supplies area
14
Get started
1
Print-carriage access door
2
Ink cartridges
3
Printhead
Back view
1
Rear universal serial bus (USB) port
2
Ethernet port
3
Power input
4
1-Line (fax), 2-EXT (phone)
5
Rear access panel
6
Duplexer (some models only)
Device control panel buttons and lights
The following diagram and related table provide a quick reference to the device control
panel features.
Understand the device parts
15
Chapter 1
Label
Name and Description
1
Scan: Presents the menu for selecting a scan destination.
2
Photo: Presents the menu for selecting photo options (some models only).
3
NOTE: The button name and functionality depends on the country/region in which the device
is sold.
Copy: Presents the menu for selecting copy options (some models only).
Number of Copies: Select the number of copies.
4
NOTE: The button name and functionality depends on the country/region in which the device
is sold.
Quality: Selects Best, Normal, or Fast quality for copying.
NOTE: On some models, stars indicate the quality setting. Three stars for Best, two stars for
Good, and one star for Fast.
Reduce/Enlarge: Allows you to resize the copy.
5
Wireless light: The wireless light is lit when the wireless radio is active. (some models only)
6
Display: View menus and messages.
7
Keypad: Enters values.
8
Speed Dial: Selects a speed-dial number.
9
Fax: Presents the menu for selecting fax options.
10
Redial/Pause: Redial the most recently dialed number, or insert a 3-second pause in a fax
number.
11
Auto Answer: Press this button to enable or disable Auto Answer. When Auto Answer is
enabled, the light is lit, the device automatically answers incoming phone calls. When off, the
device does not answer any incoming fax calls.
12
Power: Turns the device on or off. The Power button is lit when the device is on. The light blinks
while performing a job.
When the device is turned off, a minimal amount of power is still supplied. To completely
disconnect the power supply, turn the device off, and then unplug the power cord.
13
One-touch speed-dial buttons: Access the first five speed-dial numbers (some models
only).
14
NOTE: The button name and functionality depends on the country/region in which the device
is sold.
Resolution: Adjusts the resolution for the fax you are sending.
Junk Fax Blocker: Presents the Junk Fax Blocker Set Up menu for managing unwanted fax
calls. You are required to subscribe to a caller ID service to use this feature.
15
START FAX Color: Starts a color fax job.
16
START FAX Black: Starts a black-and-white fax job.
17
Attention light: When blinking, the attention light indicates an error has occurred that requires
your attention.
18
Cancel: Stops a job, exits a menu, or exits settings.
19
Right arrow: Increases values on the display.
16
Get started
(continued)
Label
Name and Description
20
OK: Selects a menu or a setting on the display.
21
Left arrow: Decreases values on the display. The left arrow will also delete a characters you
enter on the display.
22
Back: Moves you one level up in the menu.
23
Setup: Presents the Setup Menu for generating reports and other maintenance settings, and
accessing the Help menu. The topic that you select from the Help menu opens a help window
on your computer screen.
24
START COPY Color or START PC COPY Color: Starts a color copy job.
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r), the
HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be turned on and you must
be logged on. The software must be installed and running. Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor
in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer,
once the software is installed, it is always available when you turn on the computer. To determine
the model you have, see the Finding the device model number.
25
START COPY Black or START PC COPY Black: Starts a black-and-white copy job.
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r), the
HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be turned on and you must
be logged on. The software must be installed and running. Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor
in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer,
once the software is installed, it is always available when you turn on the computer. To determine
the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
26
PRINT PHOTOS: Selects the photo function. Use this button to print photos from a memory
card.
27
START SCAN: Starts a scan job and sends it to the destination you selected using the Scan To
button.
Connection information
Description
Recommended number
of connected
computers for best
performance
Supported software
features
Setup instructions
USB connection
One computer connected
with a USB cable to the
rear USB 2.0 high-speed
port on the device.
All features are
supported.
Follow the setup poster
guide for detailed
instructions.
Ethernet (wired)
connection
Up to five computers
connected to the device
using a hub or router.
All features are
supported, including
Webscan.
Follow the instructions in
the getting started guide,
and then see Configure
network options in this
guide for further
instructions.
Printer sharing
Up to five computers.
All features resident on
the host computer are
supported. Only print is
supported from the other
computers.
Follow the instructions in
Share the device on a
locally shared network.
The host computer must
be turned on at all times,
or the other computers
cannot print to the device.
Understand the device parts
17
Chapter 1
(continued)
Description
Recommended number
of connected
computers for best
performance
Supported software
features
Setup instructions
802.11 wireless (some
models only)
Up to five computers
connected to the device
using a hub or router.
All features are
supported, including
Webscan.
Follow the instructions in
Set up the device for
wireless communication
(some models only).
Turn off the device
Turn off the HP all-in-one by pressing the Power button located on the product. Wait until
the Power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a power strip. If
you improperly turn off the HP all-in-one, the print carriage might not return to the correct
position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality issues.
Eco-Tips
HP is committed to helping customers reduce their environmental footprint. HP has
provided the Eco-Tips below to help you focus on ways to assess and reduce the impact
of your printing choices. In addition to specific features in this product, please visit the HP
Eco Solutions website for more information on HP's environmental initiatives.
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/
•
•
•
•
18
Duplex printing: Use Paper-saving Printing to print two-sided documents with
multiple pages on same sheet to reduce paper usage. For more information, see Print
on both sides (duplexing).
Smart Web printing: The HP Smart Web Printing interface includes a Clip Book and
Edit Clips window where you can store, organize, or print clips you have gathered
from the Web. For more information, see Print a Web page.
Energy Savings Information: To determine the ENERGY STAR® qualification
status for this product, see Power consumption.
Recycled Materials: For more information regarding recycling of HP products,
please visit:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/
Get started
2
Use the device
NOTE: If you are using HP Officejet 6500 E709a/E709d, you cannot scan and print
at the same time. The device must finish one job before it can begin another.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use device control panel menus
Device control-panel message types
Change device settings
Use the HP software
Load originals
Select print media
Load media
Print on special and custom-sized media
Print borderless
Install the duplexer
Use device control panel menus
The following sections provide a quick reference to top-level menus that appear on the
control-panel display. To display a menu, press the menu button for the function you want
to use.
•
•
•
Scan: Presents a list of destinations. Some destinations require the HP Solution
Center to be loaded.
Fax: Allows you to enter a fax or speed-dial number, or display the Fax menu. Menu
options include:
◦ Modifying resolution
◦ Lightening/darkening
◦ Sending delayed faxes
◦ Setting up new defaults
◦ Polling to receive a Fax
Photo: Menu options include:
◦ Selecting print options
◦ Editing
◦ Transferring to a computer
◦ Selecting the number of copies to print
◦ Selecting the page layout
Use the device
19
Chapter 2
◦
◦
Selecting the paper size
Selecting the paper type
NOTE: Listing will not present without memory card inserted.
•
Copy: Menu options include:
◦ Selecting copy quantities
◦ Reducing/enlarging
◦ Selecting media type and size
◦ Lightening/darkening a copy
◦ Collating copy jobs (some models only)
◦ Margin shifting copies
◦ Enhancing blurred and light areas in copy jobs
◦ Printing two-sided (some models only)
NOTE: The Copy menu is not available on the HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP
Officejet 6500 (E709r). To make a copy using these models, the HP All-in-One
must be connected to a computer, the computer must be turned on and you must
be logged on. The software must be installed and running. Also, the HP Digital
Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and turned on at all
times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is installed, it is always
available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
Device control-panel message types
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Status messages
Warning messages
Error messages
Critical error messages
Status messages
Status messages reflect the current state of the device. They inform you of normal
operation and require no action to clear them. They change as the state of the device
changes. Whenever the device is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning
messages, the status message READY appears if the device is turned on.
Warning messages
Warning messages inform you of events that require your attention, but they do not
prevent the device from operating. An example of a warning message is a low ink warning.
These messages appear until you resolve the condition.
20
Use the device
Error messages
Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding
media or clearing a media jam. These messages are usually accompanied by a blinking
red Attention light. Take the appropriate action to continue printing.
If the error message shows an error code, press the Power button to turn off the device,
and then turn it on again. In most situations, this action solves the problem. If the message
persists, your device might need service. For more information, see Support and
warranty.
Critical error messages
Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can be
cleared by pressing the Power button to turn off the device, and then turning it on again.
If a critical error persists, service is required. For more information, see Support and
warranty.
Change device settings
You can change the device settings from these places:
•
•
•
From the device control panel.
From the HP Solution Center (Windows) or HP Device Manager (Mac OS X).
Embedded Web server, for more information, see Embedded Web server.
NOTE: When you are configuring settings in HP Solution Center or in the HP Device
Manager, you cannot see the settings that have been configured from the device
control panel (such as the scan settings).
To change settings from the device control panel
1. At the device control panel, press the menu button for the function you are using (for
example, Fax).
2. To reach the option that you want to change, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control-panel button, and then use the left or right arrow keys to adjust
the value.
• Select the option from the menu on the control-panel display.
3. Select the value that you want, and then press OK.
To change settings from the HP Solution Center (Windows)
▲ Double-click the HP Solution Center icon on the desktop.
- Or Double-click the Digital Imaging Monitor icon in the taskbar.
Change device settings
21
Chapter 2
To change settings from the HP Device Manager (Mac OS X)
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the
right side of the menu bar, type HP Device Manager in the box, and then click
the HP Device Manager entry.
2. Select the device in the Devices drop-down menu.
3. On the Information and Settings menu, click an item that you want to change.
To change settings from the embedded Web server
1. Open the embedded Web server.
2. Select the page with the setting you want to change.
3. Change the setting and then click Apply.
Use the HP software
This section includes the following topics:
•
•
Use the HP photo and imaging software
Use the HP productivity software
Use the HP photo and imaging software
You can use the HP photo and imaging software to access many features that are not
available from the device control panel.
Installing the software on your computer is an option during setup.
Access to the HP photo and imaging software differs by operating system (OS). For
example, if you have a Windows computer, the HP photo and imaging software entry
point is the HP Photosmart Software window. If you have a Macintosh computer, the HP
photo and imaging software entry point is the HP Photosmart Studio window. Regardless,
22
Use the device
the entry point serves as the launching pad for the HP photo and imaging software and
services.
To open the HP Photosmart Software on a Windows computer
1. Do one of the following:
• On the Windows desktop, double-click the HP Photosmart Software icon.
• On the taskbar, click Start, point to Programs or All Programs, select HP, and
then click HP Photosmart Software.
2. If you have more than one HP device installed, select the tab with your product's
name.
NOTE: Tthe features available in the HP Photosmart Software vary depending
on the devices you have installed. The software is customized to show icons that
are associated with the selected device. If the selected device is not equipped
with a particular feature, then the icon for that feature does not appear in the
software.
TIP: If the HP Photosmart Software on your computer does not contain any
icons, an error might have occurred during the software installation. To correct
this, use the Control Panel in Windows to completely uninstall the HP Photosmart
Software; then reinstall the software. For more information, see the setup poster
that came with your device.
To open the HP Photosmart Studio software on a Macintosh computer
▲ Click the HP Photosmart Studio icon in the Dock.
The HP Photosmart Studio window appears. From here, you can scan, import
documents, and organize and share your photos.
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the
right side of the menu bar, type HP Device Manager in the box, and then click the
HP Device Manager entry.
TIP: When the HP Photosmart Studio software is opened, you can gain access
to the Dock menu shortcuts by selecting and holding the mouse button over the
HP Photosmart Studio icon in the Dock.
Use the HP productivity software
The HP Document Manager (Windows only) allows you to organize and annotate
selected files on your computer. You can scan documents using optical character
recognition (OCR) technology and save them as text files that you can edit using word
processing programs. The software also allows you to monitor the HP product you
installed. Some productivity software, such as HP Document Manager are optionally
Use the HP software
23
Chapter 2
installed. The HP Solution Center, is automatically installed. For more information about
HP Solution Center, see Use the HP Solution Center (Windows).
HP Document Manager allows you to:
• View and Organize Documents: You can view your documents as thumbnails, as
a list with optional details, or view faxes, including fax-specific information such as
the identification of the sender, so you can quickly recognize the necessary document.
The software makes it easy to open documents to view their content. You can
organize your documents in different sets and subsets by placing them in different
folders simply by dragging them to the desired location. You even can have favorite
folders available at any time in a special pane, and open them with one click of the
mouse.
• Annotating and Editing Documents: If your document is in the image format, you
can annotate the document in numerous ways by adding text or drawings, highlighting
portions of the document, and more. If your document is in the text format, you can
open and work with it using the document management software.
• Easy Sharing of Documents: Share, print, fax, or e-mail your documents in various
formats.
• Easy Transformation from Image Format to Text Format: Use the document
manager software to make an editable document from your scanned document, then
open and edit the document using your favorite word processor.
To open the HP Document Manager
▲ Double-click the HP Document Manager icon on your desktop.
Load originals
You can load an original for a copy or a scan job on the scanner glass or in the automatic
document feeder (ADF). For more information on loading media in the main tray, see
Load media.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Load an original on the scanner glass
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
NOTE: To make a copy using the HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500
(E709r), the HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be
turned on and you must be logged on. The software must be installed and running.
Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and
turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is installed, it is
always available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
Load an original on the scanner glass
You can copy, scan, or fax up to letter- or A4-size originals by loading them on the glass.
24
Use the device
NOTE: Many of the special features will not work correctly if the glass and lid backing
are not clean. For more information, see Clean the device.
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500
(E709r), the HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be
turned on and you must be logged on. The software must be installed and running.
Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and
turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is installed, it is
always available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
To load an original on the scanner glass
1. Lift the scanner lid.
2. Load your original print side down in the right front corner of the glass.
TIP: For more help on loading an original, refer to the engraved guides along the
edge of the glass.
3. Close the lid.
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
You can copy, scan, or fax a one-sided or two-sided, single- or multiple-page, A4- or
letter-size document by placing it in the document feeder tray.
NOTE: Two-sided documents cannot be scanned, copied, or faxed using the ADF.
Some features, such as the Fit to Page copy feature, do not work when you load your
originals in the ADF.
Load originals
25
Chapter 2
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500
(E709r), the HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be
turned on and you must be logged on. The software must be installed and running.
Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and
turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is installed, it is
always available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
CAUTION: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your photos.
The document feeder tray holds a maximum of 35 sheets of plain paper.
To load an original in the document feeder tray
1. Load your original, with the print side up, into the document feeder tray. Place the
pages so that the top edge of the document goes in first. Slide the media into the
automatic document feeder until you hear a beep or see a message on the display
indicating that the loaded pages were detected.
TIP: For more help on loading originals in the automatic document feeder, refer
to the diagram engraved in the document feeder tray.
2. Slide the width guides inward until they stop at the left and right edges of the media.
NOTE: Remove all originals from the document feeder tray before lifting the lid on
the device.
26
Use the device
Select print media
The device is designed to work well with most types of office media. It is best to test a
variety of print media types before buying large quantities. Use HP media for optimum
print quality. Visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com for more information about HP media.
HP recommends plain papers with the ColorLok logo for printing
and copying of everyday documents. All papers with the ColorLok
logo are independently tested to meet high standards of reliability
and print quality, and produce documents with crisp, vivid color,
bolder blacks & dry faster than ordinary plain papers. Look for
papers with the ColorLok logo in a variety of weights and sizes
from major paper manufacturers.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
Recommended papers for printing and copying
Recommended papers for photo printing
Tips for selecting and using print media
Understand specifications for supported media
Set minimum margins
Recommended papers for printing and copying
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are specifically
designed for the type of project you are printing.
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.
HP Brochure Paper
HP Superior Inkjet
Paper
These papers are glossy-coated or matte-coated on both sides for twosided use. They are the perfect choice for near-photographic
reproductions and business graphics for report covers, special
presentations, brochures, mailers, and calendars.
HP Bright White Inkjet
Paper
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper delivers high-contrast colors and sharp
text. It is opaque enough for two-sided color usage with no showthrough, which makes it ideal for newsletters, reports, and flyers. It
features ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and
vivid colors.
HP Printing Paper
HP Printing Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It produces
documents that look and feel more substantial than documents printed
on standard multipurpose or copy paper. It features ColorLok
Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acidfree for longer lasting documents.
HP Office Paper
HP Office Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It is suitable for
copies, drafts, memos and other everyday documents. It features
ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors.
It is acid-free for longer lasting documents
HP Office Recycled
Paper
HP Office Recycled Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper made
with 30% recycled fiber. It features ColorLok Technology for less
Select print media
27
Chapter 2
(continued)
smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acid-free for longer lasting
documents.
HP Premium
Presentation Paper
HP Professional Paper
These papers are heavy two-sided matte papers perfect for
presentation, proposals, reports and newsletters. They are
heavyweight for an impressive look and feel.
HP Premium Inkjet
Transparency Film
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film makes your color presentations
vivid and even more impressive. This film is easy to use and handle and
dries quickly without smudging.
HP Advanced Photo
Paper
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling
without smudging. It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity.
Your prints have a look and feel comparable to a store processed photo.
It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5 x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm
(4 x 6 inch), 13x18 cm (5 x7 inch) and two finishes – glossy or soft gloss
(satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Everyday Photo
Paper
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed
for casual photo printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for
easy handling. Get sharp, crisp images when you use this paper with
any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in 8.5 x11 inch, A4, 4 x
6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Iron-On Transfers
HP Iron-on Transfers (for color fabrics or for light or white fabrics) are
the ideal solution for creating custom T-shirts from your digital photos.
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,
choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one
of the shopping links on the page.
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.
HP Photo Value Packs:
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing affordable
professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP Advanced Photo Paper
have been designed to work together so your photos are long lasting and vivid, print after
print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of photos or multiple prints to share.
Recommended papers for photo printing
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are specifically
designed for the type of project you are printing.
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.
HP Advanced Photo Paper
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling without smudging.
It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity. Your prints have a look and feel
comparable to a store processed photo. It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5
x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), 13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 inch) and two finishes – glossy or
soft gloss (satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Everyday Photo Paper
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed for casual photo
printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for easy handling. Get sharp, crisp
28
Use the device
images when you use this paper with any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in
8.5 x 11 inch, A4, 4 x 6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Photo Value Packs:
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing affordable
professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP Advanced Photo Paper
have been designed to work together so your photos are long lasting and vivid, print after
print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of photos or multiple prints to share.
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,
choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one
of the shopping links on the page.
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.
Tips for selecting and using print media
For the best results, observe the following guidelines.
•
•
•
•
•
Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more information,
see Understand specifications for supported media.
Load only one type of media at a time into a tray.
Load media print-side down and aligned against the right and back edges of the tray.
For more information, see Load media.
Do not overload the trays. For more information, see Understand specifications for
supported media.
To prevent jams, poor print quality, and other printing problems, avoid the following
media:
◦ Multipart forms
◦ Media that is damaged, curled, or wrinkled
◦ Media with cutouts or perforations
◦ Media that is heavily textured, embossed, or does not accept ink well
◦ Media that is too lightweight or stretches easily
Cards and envelopes
• Avoid envelopes that have a very slick finish, self-stick adhesives, clasps, or windows.
Also avoid cards and envelopes with thick, irregular, or curled edges, or areas that
are wrinkled, torn, or otherwise damaged.
• Use tightly constructed envelopes, and make sure the folds are sharply creased.
• Load envelopes with the flaps facing up to the right or the back of the tray.
Photo media
• Use the Best mode to print photographs. Note that in this mode, printing takes longer
and more memory is required from your computer.
• Remove each sheet as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet media to stack
up may cause smearing.
Select print media
29
Chapter 2
Transparencies
• Insert transparencies with the rough side down and the adhesive strip pointing
towards the back of the device.
• Use the Normal mode to print transparencies. This mode provides longer drying time
and ensures that the ink dries completely before the next page is delivered to the
output tray.
• Remove each sheet as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet media to stack
up may cause smearing.
Custom-sized media
• Use only custom-sized media that is supported by the device.
• If your application supports custom-sized media, set the media size in the application
before printing the document. If not, set the size in the print driver. You might need
to reformat existing documents to print them correctly on custom-sized media.
Understand specifications for supported media
Use the Understand supported sizes and Understand supported media types and
weights tables to determine the correct media to use with your device, and determine
what features will work with your media.
Always use the correct media-type setting in the printer driver, and configure the trays for
the correct media type. HP recommends testing any paper before buying it in large
quantities.
•
•
Understand supported sizes
Understand supported media types and weights
Understand supported sizes
Media size
Standard media sizes
U.S. Letter (216 x 279 mm; 8.5 x 11
inches)
U.S. Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14
inches)
A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)
U.S. Executive (184 x 267 mm; 7.25 x
10.5 inches)
B5 (JIS) (182 x 257 mm; 7.17 x 10.12
inches)
B5 (ISO) (176 x 250 mm; 6.9 x 9.8
inches)
B7 (88 x 125mm; 3.5 x 4.9 inches)
A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)
30
Use the device
Input tray
Duplexer (some
models)
ADF
(continued)
Media size
Input tray
Duplexer (some
models)
ADF
Borderless A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7
inches)
Borderless A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3
inches)
Borderless B5 (182 x 257 mm; 7.17 x
10.12 inches)
HV (101 x 180 mm; 4.0 x 7.1 inches)
Cabinet size (120 x 165 mm; 4.7 x 6.5
inches)
13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 inches)
Borderless cabinet (120 x 165 mm; 4.7 x
6.5 inches)
Borderless 13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 inches)
Envelopes
U.S. #10 Envelope (105 x 241 mm; 4.12
x 9.5 inches)
C6 Envelope (114 x 162 mm; 4.5 x 6.4
inches)
Japanese Envelope Chou #3 (120 x 235
mm; 4.7 x 9.3 inches)
Japanese Envelope Chou #4 (90 x 205
mm; 3.5 x 8.1 inches)
Monarch Envelope
Card Envelope (111 x 162 mm; 4.4 x 6
inches)
No. 6 3/4 Envelope (91 x 165 mm; 3.6 x
6.5 inches)
Cards
Index card (76.2 x 127 mm; 3 x 5 inches)
Index card (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)
Index card (127 x 203 mm; 5 x 8 inches)
A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm; 4.13 x 5.83
inches)
Borderless A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm;
4.13 x 5.83 inches)
Hagaki** (100 x 148 mm; 3.9 x 5.8
inches)
Select print media
31
Chapter 2
(continued)
Media size
Ofuku hagaki**
Borderless hagaki (100 x 148 mm; 3.9 x
5.8 inches)**
Photo media
Photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6
inches)
Photo media (5 x 7 inches)
Photo media (8 x 10 inches)
Photo media (10 x 15 cm)
Photo L (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)
2L (178 x 127 mm; 7.0 x 5.0 inches)
Borderless photo media (102 x 152 mm;
4 x 6 inches)
Borderless photo media (5 x 7 inches)
Borderless photo media (8 x 10 inches)
Borderless photo media (8.5 x 11
inches)
Borderless photo media (10 x 15 cm)
Borderless Photo L (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x
5 inches)
Borderless 2L (178 x 127 mm; 7.0 x 5.0
inches)
Borderless B5 (182 x 257 mm; 7.2 x 10.1
inches)
Borderless B7 (88 x 125mm; 3.5 x 4.9
inches)
Borderless 4 x 6 tab (102 x 152 mm; 4 x
6 inches)
Borderless 10 x 15 cm tab
Borderless 4 x 8 tab (10 x 20 cm)
Borderless HV (101 x 180 mm; 4.0 x 7.1
inches)
Borderless double A4 (210 x 594 mm;
8.3 x 23.4 inches)
4 x 6 tab (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)
32
Use the device
Input tray
Duplexer (some
models)
ADF
(continued)
Media size
Input tray
Duplexer (some
models)
ADF
10 x 15 cm tab
4 x 8 tab / 10 x 20 cm tab
Other media
Custom-sized media between 76.2 to
216 mm wide and 101 to 762 mm long
(3 to 8.5 inches wide and 4 to 30 inches
long)
Custom-sized media (ADF) between
127 to 216 mm wide and 241 to 305 mm
long (5 to 8.5 inches wide and 9.5 to 12
inches long)
Panorama (4 x 10 inches, 4 x 11 inches,
and 4 x 12 inches)
Borderless panorama (4 x 10 inches, 4 x
11 inches, and 4 x 12 inches)
** The device is compatible with plain and inkjet hagaki from Japan Post only. It is not
compatible with photo hagaki from Japan Post.
Understand supported media types and weights
Tray
Type
Weight
Capacity
Input tray
Paper
60 to 105 g/m2
Up to 250 sheets of plain
paper
(16 to 28 lb bond)
(25 mm or 1 inch
stacked)
Transparencies
Up to 70 sheets
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Photo media
280 g/m2
Up to 100 sheets
(75 lb bond)
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Labels
Up to 100 sheets
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Envelopes
Cards
75 to 90 g/m2
Up to 30 sheets
(20 to 24 lb bond
envelope)
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Up to 200 g/m2
Up to 80 cards
(110 lb index)
Select print media
33
Chapter 2
(continued)
Tray
Type
Weight
Duplexer
(available
on some
models)
Paper
60 to 105 g/m
Output tray
All supported media
ADF
Paper
Capacity
2
Not applicable
(16 to 28 lb bond)
Up to 50 sheets of plain
paper (text printing)
60 to 82 g/m2
Plain paper: 35 sheets
(16 to 22 lb bond)
Legal and special paper:
20 sheets
Set minimum margins
The document margins must match (or exceed) these margin settings in portrait
orientation.
Media
(1) Left
margin
(2) Right
margin
(3) Top
margin
(4) Bottom
margin*
U.S. Letter
3.3 mm (0.13
inch)
3.3 mm (0.13
inch)
3.3 mm (0.13
inch) - singlesided printing
3.3 mm (0.13
inch)
U.S. Legal
A4
U.S. Executive
B5
14 mm (0.55
inch) - duplex
printing
14.9 mm
(0.59 inch) duplex
printing
3.0 mm (0.12
inch)
14.9 mm
(0.59 inch)
A5
Cards
Custom-sized media
Photo media
Envelopes
3.0 mm (0.12
inch)
3.0 mm (0.12
inch)
NOTE: If you are using the duplexer to print on both sides of the paper, the minimum
top and bottom margins must match or exceed 12 mm (0.47 inch).
34
Use the device
Load media
This section provides instructions for loading media into the device.
To load Tray 1 (main tray)
1. Lift the output tray.
2. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the tray. Make sure the stack of
media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not exceed the line
marking in the tray.
NOTE: Do not load paper while the device is printing.
3. Slide the media guide in the tray to adjust it for the media size that you have loaded,
and then lower the output tray.
Load media
35
Chapter 2
4. Pull out the extension on the output tray.
Print on special and custom-sized media
To print on special or custom-sized media (Windows)
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.
2. With a document open, click Print on the File menu, and then click Setup,
Properties, or Preferences.
3. Click the Paper/Features tab.
4. Select the media size from the Size is drop-down list.
5.
6.
7.
8.
36
To set a custom media size:
a. Click the Custom button.
b. Type a name for the new custom size.
c. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then click Save.
d. Click OK twice to close the properties or preferences dialog box. Open the dialog
box again.
e. Select the new custom size.
To select the media type:
a. Click More in the Type is drop-down list.
b. Click the desired media type, and then click OK.
Select the media source from the Source is drop-down list.
Change any other settings, and then click OK.
Print your document.
Use the device
To print on special or custom-sized media (Mac OS X)
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.
2. On the File menu, click Page Setup.
3. From the drop-down list, select the HP device.
4. Select the media size.
5. To set a custom media size:
a. Click Manage Custom Sizes in the Paper Size pull-down menu.
b. Click New and type a name for the size in the Paper Size Name box.
c. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions and set the margins, if
desired.
d. Click Done or OK, and then click Save.
6. On the File menu, click Page Setup, and then select the new custom size.
7. Click OK.
8. On the File menu, click Print.
9. Open the Paper Handling panel.
10. Under Destination Paper Size, click the Scale to fit paper size tab, and then select
the customized paper size.
11. Change any other desired settings, and then click OK or Print.
Print borderless
Borderless printing lets you print to the edges of certain media types and a range of
standard media sizes.
NOTE: Open the file in a software application and assign the image size. Make sure
the size corresponds to the media size on which you are printing the image.
In Windows, you can also gain access to this feature from the Printing Shortcuts
tab. Open the printer driver, select the Printing Shortcuts tab, and select the printing
shortcut for this print job drop-down list.
NOTE: Borderless printing is not supported on plain media.
NOTE: Printing borderless photos will scale the image and leave a small image on
all sides of the media. Printing a borderless brochure will not scale the image, and
the image will be printed to the media's edge.
To print a borderless document (Windows)
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.
2. Open the file that you want to print.
3. From the application, open the print driver:
a. Click File, and then click Print.
b. Select the printing shortcut you want to use.
4. Change any other print settings, and then click OK.
5. Print the document.
6. If you printed on photo media with a tear-off tab, remove the tab to make the document
completely borderless.
Print borderless
37
Chapter 2
To print a borderless document (Mac OS X)
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.
2. Open the file that you want to print.
3. Click File, and then click Page Setup.
4. From the drop-down list, select the HP device.
5. Select the borderless media size, and then click OK.
6. Click File, and then click Print.
7. Open the Paper Type/Quality panel.
8. Click the Paper tab, and then select the media type from the Paper type drop-down
list.
NOTE: Borderless printing is not supported on plain media.
9. If you are printing photos, select Best from the Quality drop-down list. Alternatively,
select Maximum dpi, which provides up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi*.
*Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi for color printing and 1200 input dpi. This setting
might temporarily use a large amount of hard disk space (400 MB or more) and will
print more slowly.
10. Select the media source.
11. Change any other print settings, and then click Print.
12. If you printed on photo media with a tear-off tab, remove the tab to make the document
completely borderless.
Install the duplexer
NOTE: This feature is available with some models of the device.
38
Use the device
You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper automatically when the optional automatic
two-sided printing accessory (duplexer) is installed. For information on using the
duplexer, see Print on both sides (duplexing).
To install the duplexer
1. Push the buttons on the rear access panel and remove the panel from the device.
2. Slide the duplexer into the device until the unit locks into place. Do not press the
buttons on either side of the duplexer when installing the unit; use them only for
removing the unit from the device.
Install the duplexer
39
3
Print
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Change print settings
Print on both sides (duplexing)
Print a Web page
Cancel a print job
Change print settings
You can change print settings (such as paper size or type) from an application or the
printer driver. Changes made from an application take precedence over changes made
from the printer driver. However, after the application is closed, the settings return to the
defaults configured in the driver.
NOTE: To set print settings for all print jobs, make the changes in the printer driver.
For more information about the features of the Windows printer driver, see the online
help for the driver. For more information about printing from a specific application, see
the documentation that came with the application.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Change settings from an application for current jobs (Windows)
Change default settings for all future jobs (Windows)
Change settings (Mac OS X)
Change settings from an application for current jobs (Windows)
To change the settings
1. Open the document that you want to print.
2. On the File menu, click Print, and then click Setup, Properties, or Preferences.
(Specific options may vary depending on the application that you are using.)
3. Change the settings that you want, and then click OK, Print, or a similar command.
Change default settings for all future jobs (Windows)
To change the settings
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties, General Tab, or Printing
Preferences.
3. Change the settings that you want, and then click OK.
40
Print
Change settings (Mac OS X)
To change the settings
1. On the File menu, click Page Setup.
2. Change the settings that you want (such as paper size), and then click OK.
3. On the File menu, click Print to open the print driver.
4. Change the settings that you want (such as media type), and then click OK or
Print.
Print on both sides (duplexing)
You can print on both sides of a sheet of media either manually, or automatically using
the duplexer.
NOTE: The printer driver does not support manual duplexing. Two-sided printing
requires an HP Automatic Two-sided Printing Accessory to be installed on the device.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Guidelines for printing on both sides of a page
Perform duplexing
Guidelines for printing on both sides of a page
•
•
•
•
•
•
Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more information,
see Understand specifications for supported media.
Specify two-sided printing options in your application or in the printer driver.
Do not print on both sides of transparencies, envelopes, photo paper, glossy media,
or paper lighter than 16 lb bond (60 g/m2) or heavier than 28 lb bond (105 g/m2). Jams
might occur with these media types.
Several kinds of media require a specific orientation when you print on both sides of
a page, such as letterhead, preprinted paper, and paper with watermarks and
prepunched holes. When you print from a computer running Windows, the device
prints the first side of the media first. Load the media with the print side facing down.
For auto-duplexing, when printing finishes on one side of the media, the device holds
the media and pauses while the ink dries. Once the ink dries, the media is pulled back
into the device and the second side is printed. When printing is complete, the media
is dropped onto the output tray. Do not grab it before printing is complete.
You can print on both sides of supported custom-sized media by turning the media
over and feeding it into the device again. For more information, see Understand
specifications for supported media.
Perform duplexing
NOTE: You can perform manual duplexing by first printing only the odd pages,
flipping the pages over, and then printing only the even pages.
Print on both sides (duplexing)
41
Chapter 3
To print automatically on both sides of a page (Windows)
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Guidelines for printing on both
sides of a page and Load media.
2. Make sure the duplexer is properly installed. For more information, see Install the
duplexer.
3. With a document open, click Print on the File menu, and then select a printing
shortcut.
4. Change any other settings, and then click OK.
5. Print your document.
To print automatically on both sides of a page (Mac OS X)
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Guidelines for printing on both
sides of a page and Load media.
2. Make sure the duplexer is properly installed. For more information, see Install the
duplexer.
3. Verify that you are using the correct printer and page size in the Page Setup.
4. On the File menu, click Print.
5. Select Copies and Pages from the drop-down list.
6. Select Two-sided printing tab, and then check to print on both sides of the page.
7. Select Layout and then select the binding orientation by clicking the appropriate icon.
8. Change any other settings, and then click Print.
Print a Web page
You can print a Web page from your Web browser on the HP all-in-one.
If you use Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Web browsing, you can use HP Smart Web
Printing to ensure simple, predictable web printing with control over what you want and
how you want it printed. You can access HP Smart Web Printing from the toolbar in
Internet Explorer. For more information about HP Smart Web Printing, see the help file
provided with it.
To print a Web page
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main input tray.
2. On the File menu in your Web browser, click Print.
TIP: For best results select HP Smart Web Printing from the File menu. A check
mark appears when it is selected.
The Print dialog box appears.
3. Make sure the product is the selected printer.
4. If your Web browser supports it, select the items on the Web page that you want to
include in the printout.
For example, in Internet Explorer, click the Options tab to select options such as As
laid out on screen, Only the selected frame, and Print all linked documents.
5. Click Print or OK to print the Web page.
42
Print
TIP: To print Web pages correctly, you might need to set your print orientation to
Landscape.
Cancel a print job
You can cancel a print job using one of the following methods.
Device control panel: Press (Cancel button). This clears the job that the device is
currently processing. It does not affect jobs waiting to be processed.
Windows: Double-click the printer icon that appears in the lower-right corner of the
computer screen. Select the print job, and then press the Delete key on the keyboard.
Mac OS X: Open System Preferences, select Printer & Fax, select the printer, and then
click Open Print Queue. Select the print job and then click Delete.
Cancel a print job
43
4
Scan
You can scan originals and send them to a variety of destinations, such as a folder on
the network or on a specific computer. You can use the device control panel, the HP
software, and TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant programs on a computer.
NOTE: If you do not install the optional HP software, you can only scan using the
Webscan feature. Webscan is available through the embedded Web server.
NOTE: If you are using HP Officejet 6500 E709a/E709d, you cannot scan and print
at the same time. The device must finish one job before it can begin another.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Scan an original
Use Webscan via embedded Web server
Scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program
Edit a scanned original
Change scan settings
Cancel a scan job
Scan an original
You can start a scan from a computer or from the device control panel. This section
explains how to scan from the device control panel only.
NOTE: You can also use the HP Solution Center to scan an image, including
panorama images. Using this software, you can edit a scanned image and create
special projects using a scanned image. For information about how to scan from the
computer, and how to adjust, resize, rotate, crop, and sharpen your scans, see the
onscreen help that came with your software.
To use the scan features, your device and computer must be connected and turned on.
The printer software must also be installed and running on your computer prior to
scanning. To verify that the printer software is running on a computer running Windows,
look for the device icon in the system tray at the lower-right side of the screen, near the
clock. To verify this on a computer using Mac OS X, open the HP Device Manager, and
click Scan Picture. If a scanner is available, it will launch the HP ScanPro application. If
it is not available, a message appears to let you know that a scanner was not found.
NOTE: Closing the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon in your Windows system tray
can cause your device to lose some of its scan functionality and result in the No
Connection error message. If this happens, you can restore full functionality by
restarting your computer or by starting the HP Digital Imaging Monitor.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
44
Scan
Scan an original to a computer
Scan an original to a memory device
Scan an original to a computer
You can send a scan to a computer connected directly to the device or a computer on
the network. You can also send a scan to a program installed on a computer.
To send a scan to a computer from the HP Solution Center
1. On the computer, open the HP Solution Center.
2. See the onscreen Help for further instructions.
To send a scan to a computer from the device control panel (direct connect)
1. Load the original on the scanner glass. For more information, see Load originals.
2. Press the Scan button.
3. Press the arrow keys to select the computer that you want to send the document to,
and then press OK.
4. Press START SCAN.
NOTE: When the scan is complete, the program that you have selected opens and
displays the document that you have scanned.
Scan an original to a memory device
You can send the scanned image as a JPEG, PDF, or TIFF image to the memory card
that is currently inserted. You also have other scanning options including quality and
paper size settings.
To scan to a memory device
1. Insert the memory device.
2. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the ADF.
3. Press START SCAN.
• The Scan appears, listing various options or destinations. The default destination
is whichever one you selected the last time you used this menu.
• If your device is directly connected to your computer, the Scan menu appears.
4. Press the arrow keys to highlight Memory Device, and then press OK.
5. Make any scan option changes, then press START SCAN.
The device scans the image and saves the file to the memory card.
Use Webscan via embedded Web server
Webscan is a feature of the embedded Web server that lets you scan photos and
documents from your device to your computer using a Web browser. This feature is
available even if you did not install the device software on your computer.
▲ Click the Information tab, click Webscan in the left pane, make selections for Image
Type and Document Size, and then click Scan or Preview.
For more information on the embedded Web server, see Embedded Web server.
Use Webscan via embedded Web server
45
Chapter 4
Scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant
program
The device is TWAIN-complaint and WIA-compliant and works with programs that support
TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant scanning devices. While you are in a TWAINcompliant or WIA-compliant program, you can gain access to the scanning feature and
scan an image directly into the program.
TWAIN is supported in all Windows and Mac OS X operating systems.
In Windows operating systems, WIA is supported only for Windows XP and Vista direct
connections. WIA is not supported for Mac OS X.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program
Scan from a WIA-compliant program
Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program
Generally, a software program is TWAIN-compliant if it has a command such as
Acquire, File Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you are
unsure whether the program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called,
see the software program Help or documentation.
Start the scan from within the TWAIN-compliant program. See the software program Help
or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
Scan from a WIA-compliant program
Generally, a software program is WIA-compliant if it has a command such as Picture/
From Scanner or Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the
program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the software
program Help or documentation.
Start the scan from within the WIA-compliant program. See the software program Help
or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
Edit a scanned original
Using the HP Solution Center, you can edit a scanned document, and you can scan text
documents to text using optical character recognition (OCR) software. You can also use
third-party editing applications you may have on your computer already.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Edit a scanned photo or graphic
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software
Edit a scanned photo or graphic
You can edit a scanned photo or graphic using the scanning software inside the HP
Solution Center. Use this software to adjust the brightness, contrast, color saturation, and
more. You can also rotate the image using the HP Solution Center.
46
Scan
For more information, see the onscreen help that came with the scanning software.
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software
You can use OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word-processing
program for editing. This allows you to edit letters, newspaper clippings, and many other
documents.
You can specify the word-processing program that you want to use for editing. If the wordprocessing icon is not present or active, either you do not have word-processing software
installed on your computer, or the scanner software did not recognize the program during
the installation. See the onscreen Help for the HP Solution Center for information about
how to create a link to the word-processing program.
The OCR software does not support scanning colored text. Colored text is always
converted to black-and-white text before being sent to OCR. Thus, all text in the final
document is in black and white, regardless of the original color.
Because of the complexity of some word-processing programs and their interaction with
the device, it is sometimes preferable to scan to a text editor, such as Wordpad (Windows)
or TextEdit (Mac OS X), and then cut and paste the text into the preferred wordprocessing program.
Change scan settings
To change scan settings
• Windows: Open the HP Solution Center, select Settings, select Scan Settings and
Preferences, then select from the available options and make your selections.
• HP Device Manager (Mac OS X): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information
and Settings, and then select Scan Preferences from the drop-down list.
Cancel a scan job
To cancel a scan job, press Cancel on the device control panel.
Cancel a scan job
47
5
Work with memory devices
The device comes with a memory card reader that can read several types of digital
camera memory cards. You can print an index sheet, which shows thumbnail views of
photos that are stored on a memory card.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Insert a memory card
Print DPOF photos
Print Selected Photos
View photos
Print an index sheet from the device control panel
Save photos to your computer
Use Photo Fix tools
Use Red Eye Removal
Use Date Stamp
Set New Defaults
Insert a memory card
If your digital camera uses a memory card to store photos, you can insert the memory
card into the device to print or save your photos.
CAUTION: Attempting to remove a memory card while it is being accessed can
damage files on the card. You can safely remove a card only when the photo light is
not blinking. Also, never insert more than one memory card at a time as this can also
damage files on the memory cards.
NOTE: The device does not support encrypted memory cards.
The device supports the memory cards described below. Each type of memory card can
only be inserted in the appropriate slot for that card.
48
Work with memory devices
1
Memory Stick, Memory Stick Duo, and Memory Stick Pro
2
xD
Secure Digital, Secure MMC.
Reduced-Size MultiMediaCard RS - MMCmobile, miniSD, (all require adapters that must be
purchased separately)
To insert a memory card
1. Turn the memory card so that the label faces up, and the contacts are facing the
device.
2. Insert the memory card into the corresponding memory card slot.
NOTE: You cannot insert more than one memory card in the device.
Print DPOF photos
Camera-selected photos are photos you marked for printing with your digital camera.
Depending on your camera, the camera might identify page layout, number of copies,
rotation, and other print settings.
The device supports the Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) file format 1.1, so you do not
have to reselect the photos to print.
When you print camera-selected photos, the device print settings do not apply; the DPOF
settings for page layout and number of copies override those of the device.
NOTE: Not all digital cameras enable you to tag your photos for printing. See the
documentation that came with your digital camera to see if your camera supports
DPOF file format 1.1.
Print DPOF photos
49
Chapter 5
To print camera-selected photos using the DPOF standard
1. Insert your memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
2. When prompted, do one of the following:
• Press OK to print all DPOF-tagged photos.
The device prints all DPOF-tagged photos.
• Press the arrow keys to highlight No, and then press OK.
This bypasses DPOF printing.
Print Selected Photos
The Select Photos function is only available if the memory card does not contain DPOF
content.
To print selected photos
1. Insert your memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
2. When prompted, press the Photo button repeatedly until the Selected Photos is
displayed.
3. Do one of the following:
▲ Press to select All, and then press OK to print all the photos on the memory
card.
a. Press to select Custom, and then press OK to select and print selected photos
on the memory card.
b. Press the arrow keys to scroll through the photos, and press OK to select photos.
c. Press PRINT PHOTOS to begin printing.
View photos
You can view photos using the HP Solution Center.
This section contains the following topics:
•
View photos using your computer
View photos using your computer
You can view and edit photos using the software that came with your device.
For more information, see the onscreen help that came with the software.
Print an index sheet from the device control panel
NOTE: From the device, you can only access JPEG and TIFF image files. To print
other types of files, transfer the files from your memory card to your computer and
use the HP Solution Center.
50
Work with memory devices
To print an index sheet
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
2. Press the Photo button.
3. Press the right arrow key repeatedly to select Index Sheet.
4. Press OK.
Save photos to your computer
After you take photos with your digital camera, you can print them immediately or save
them to your computer. To save the photos to your computer, remove the memory card
from your digital camera and insert it in the appropriate memory card slot on the device.
To save photos
NOTE: Use these instructions only when you are using a network connection. If you
are using a USB connection, then a dialog box will automatically appear on the
computer when you insert the memory card in the device.
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
The Photo menu opens automatically.
2. Press the arrow keys and select Yes, and then press OK to select it.
3. Press the arrow keys and select Transfer To:, and then select the name of your
computer.
4. Follow the onscreen prompts on your computer to save the photos to your computer.
Use Photo Fix tools
When turned on, Photo Fix applies the following technologies to all the photos printed
from a memory card.
NOTE: The default state for this feature is On
•
•
•
Photo Brightening
Adaptive Lighting enhances the contrast to make printed images appear better. This
enhancement can make dark images appear brighter.
Smart Focus sharpens the image to make it appear sharper.
To turn on Photo Fix
1. Insert your memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
2. When prompted, press the Photo button repeatedly until the Photo Fix is displayed.
3. Press to select On, and then press OK.
Use Red Eye Removal
Use this function to remove red eye from photos that you print from a memory card.
NOTE: The default state for this feature is On
Use Red Eye Removal
51
Chapter 5
To turn on Red Eye Removal
1. Insert your memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
2. When prompted, press the Photo button repeatedly until the Red Eye Removal is
displayed.
3. Press to select On, and then press OK.
Use Date Stamp
Use this function to add a time and/or date stamp to the top of photos that you print from
a memory card. The date is based upon the EXIF tag stored in each photo. This function
does not alter the photo.
NOTE: The default state for this feature is Off
To turn on Date Stamp
1. Insert your memory card into the appropriate slot on the device.
2. When prompted, press the Photo button repeatedly until the Date Stamp is
displayed.
3. Press to select one of the following, and then press OK.
• Date Only — This prints only the date
• Date and Time — This prints the time in 24–hour format and the date.
Set New Defaults
If you have made changes to the print settings and want to apply them to all future print
jobs, use the Set New Defaults feature.
To set new defaults
1. Make the changes to other features.
2. Press the Photo button repeatedly until the Set New Defaults is displayed.
3. Press to select Yes, and then press OK.
52
Work with memory devices
6
Fax
You can use the device to send and receive faxes, including color faxes. You can
schedule faxes to be sent at a later time and set up speed-dials to send faxes quickly and
easily to frequently used numbers. From the device control panel, you can also set a
number of fax options, such as resolution and the contrast between lightness and
darkness on the faxes you send.
If the device is directly connected to a computer, you can use the HP Solution Center
software to perform fax procedures that are not available from the device control panel.
For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center (Windows).
NOTE: Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up the device properly for
faxing. You might have already done this as part of the initial setup, by using either
the device control panel or the software that came with the device. You can verify the
fax is set up correctly by running the fax setup test from the device control panel. To
run the fax test, press Setup, select Tools, select Run fax test, and then press
OK.
Many fax setups can be managed through the embedded Web server. For more
information, see Embedded Web server.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send a fax
Receive a fax
Change fax settings
Set up speed-dial entries
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
Test fax setup
Use reports
Cancel a fax
Send a fax
You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the device control panel, you can send a
black-and-white or color fax. You can also send a fax manually from an attached phone.
This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending the fax.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send a basic fax
Send a fax manually from a phone
Send a fax using monitor dialing
Send a fax from memory
Schedule a fax to send later
Send a fax to multiple recipients
Send a color original fax
Fax
53
Chapter 6
•
•
Change the fax resolution and Lighter / Darker settings
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode
Send a basic fax
You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white fax by using the device
control panel.
NOTE: If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,
enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. For more information, see Print
fax confirmation reports.
TIP: You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor dialing.
These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are also useful
when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you have to respond to
tone prompts while dialing.
To send a basic fax from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial or a one-touch speed
dial button (some models only) to select a speed dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial
the last number dialed.
TIP: To add a pause in the fax number you are entering, press Redial/Pause,
or press the Symbols (*) button repeatedly, until a dash (-) appears on the display.
3. Press START FAX Black.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it
sends the document to the number you entered.
TIP: If the recipient reports issues with the quality of the fax you sent, you can
try changing the resolution or contrast of your fax.
Send a fax manually from a phone
Sending a fax manually allows you to make a phone call and talk with the recipient before
you send the fax. This is useful if you want to inform the recipient that you are going to
send them a fax before sending it. When you send a fax manually, you can hear the dial
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your telephone. This
makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.
Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might answer
the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the phone, you
can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine answers the call,
54
Fax
you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the fax tones from the
receiving fax machine.
To send a fax manually from a phone
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to the device.
NOTE: Do not use the keypad on the device control panel when manually
sending a fax. You must use the keypad on your phone to dial the recipient's
number.
3. If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before
sending your fax.
NOTE: If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the
receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.
4. When you are ready to send the fax, press START FAX Black or START FAX
Color.
NOTE: If prompted, select Send Fax, and then press START FAX Black or
START FAX Color again.
If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax, inform the recipient
that they should press Start on their fax machine after they hear fax tones.
The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can hang
up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient, remain on the
line until the fax transmission is complete.
Send a fax using monitor dialing
Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the device control panel as you would
dial a regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the
dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on the device. This
enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace of your
dialing.
TIP: If you do not enter your calling card PIN fast enough, the device might start
sending fax tones too soon and cause your PIN not to be recognized by the calling
card service. If this is the case, you can create a speed dial entry to store the PIN for
your calling card.
NOTE: Make sure the volume is turned on, or you will not hear a dial tone.
To send a fax using monitor dialing from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. Press START FAX Black or START FAX Color.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, you will
hear a dial tone.
Send a fax
55
Chapter 6
3. When you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the device
control panel.
4. Follow any prompts that might occur.
TIP: If you are using a calling card to send a fax and you have your calling card
PIN stored as a speed dial, when prompted to enter your PIN, press Speed
Dial or a one-touch speed dial button (some models only) to select the speed dial
entry where you have your PIN stored.
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.
Send a fax from memory
You can scan a black-and-white fax into memory and then send the fax from memory.
This feature is useful if the fax number you are trying to reach is busy or temporarily
unavailable. The device scans the originals into memory and sends them once it is able
to connect to the receiving fax machine. After the device scans the pages into memory,
you can immediately remove the originals from the document feeder tray.
NOTE: You can only send a black-and-white fax from memory.
To send a fax from memory
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. In the Fax area, press Fax.
The Enter Number prompt appears.
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial or a one-touch speed
dial button (some models only) to select a speed dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial
the last number dialed.
4. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until How to Fax appears.
5. Press until Scan & Fax appears, and then press OK.
6. Press START FAX Black.
The device scans the originals into memory and sends the fax when the receiving fax
machine is available.
Schedule a fax to send later
You can schedule a black-and-white fax to be sent within the next 24 hours. This enables
you to send a black-and-white fax late in the evening, when phone lines are not as busy
or phone rates are lower, for example. The device automatically sends your fax at the
specified time.
You can only schedule one fax to be sent at a time. You can continue to send faxes
normally, however, while a fax is scheduled.
NOTE: You can only send scheduled faxes in black and white due to memory
limitations.
NOTE: You can only send a scheduled fax from the ADF.
56
Fax
To schedule a fax from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until How to Fax appears.
3. Press until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.
4. Enter the send time by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK. If prompted,
press 1 for AM, or 2 for PM.
5. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial or a one-touch speed
dial button (some models only) to select a speed dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial
the last number dialed.
6. Press START FAX Black.
The device scans all pages and the scheduled time appears on the display. The fax
is sent at the scheduled time.
To cancel a scheduled fax
1. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until How to Fax appears.
2. Press until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.
If there is a fax already scheduled, the Cancel prompt appears on the display.
3. Press 1 to select Yes.
NOTE: You can also cancel the scheduled fax by pressing Cancel on the device
control panel when the scheduled time is visible on the display.
Send a fax to multiple recipients
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Send a fax to multiple recipients from the device control panel
Send a fax to multiple recipients from the HP Photosmart Studio Software (Mac OS
X)
Send a fax
57
Chapter 6
Send a fax to multiple recipients from the device control panel
You can send a fax to multiple recipients at once by grouping individual speed dial entries
into group speed dial entries.
To send a fax to multiple recipients using group speed dial
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. Press Speed Dial repeatedly, until the appropriate group speed dial entry appears.
TIP: You can also scroll through the speed dial entries by pressing or , or
you can select a speed dial entry by entering its speed dial code using the keypad
on the device control panel.
3. Press START FAX Black.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends
the document to each number in the group speed dial entry.
NOTE: You can only use group speed dial entries to send faxes in black and
white, because of memory limitations. The device scans the fax into memory then
dials the first number. When a connection is made, it sends the fax and dials the
next number. If a number is busy or not answering, the device follows the settings
for Busy Redial and No Answer Redial. If a connection cannot be made, the
next number is dialed and an error report is generated.
Send a fax to multiple recipients from the HP Photosmart Studio Software (Mac OS
X)
To send a fax to multiple recipients from the software
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. Select the HP Device Manager from the Dock.
The HP Device Manager window appears.
3. In the Devices pop-up menu, choose the HP all-in-one, and then double-click Send
Fax.
The Print dialog box opens.
4. From the Printer pop-up menu, choose the HP all-in-one (Fax).
5. From the pop-up menu, choose Fax Recipients.
6. Enter the recipient information, and then click Add to Recipients.
NOTE: You can also add recipients from the Phone Book or from the Address
Book. To select a recipient from the Address Book, click Open Address
Book, and then drag and drop the recipient to the Fax Recipients area.
7. Continue to enter recipients, clicking Add to Recipients after each one, until all the
appropriate recipients are in the Recipient List.
8. Click Send Fax Now.
Send a color original fax
You can fax a color original from the device. If it determines that the recipient's fax
machine only supports black-and-white faxes, the fax is sent in black and white.
58
Fax
HP recommends that you use only color originals for color faxing.
To send a color original fax from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. In the Fax area, press Fax.
The Enter Number prompt appears.
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial or a one-touch speed
dial button (some models only) to select a speed dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial
the last number dialed.
4. Press START FAX Color.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends
the document to the number you entered.
NOTE: If the recipient's fax machine only supports black-and-white faxes, the
HP all-in-one automatically sends the fax in black and white. A message appears
after the fax has been sent indicating that the fax was sent in black and white.
Press OK to clear the message.
Change the fax resolution and Lighter / Darker settings
You can change the Resolution and Lighter / Darker settings for documents that you
are faxing.
NOTE: These settings do not affect copy settings. Copy resolution and lightness/
darkness are set independently from fax resolution and lightness/darkness. Also, the
settings that you change from the device control panel do not affect faxes you send
from your computer.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Change the fax resolution
Change the Lighter / Darker setting
Set new default settings
Change the fax resolution
The Resolution setting affects the transmission speed and quality of faxed black-andwhite documents. If the receiving fax machine does not support the resolution you have
chosen, the HP all-in-one sends faxes at the highest resolution supported by the receiving
fax machine.
NOTE: You can only change the resolution for faxes that you are sending in black
and white. The device sends all color faxes using Fine resolution.
Send a fax
59
Chapter 6
The following resolution settings are available for sending faxes: Fine, Very Fine,
Photo, and Standard. The default setting is Fine.
•
•
•
•
Fine: provides high-quality text suitable for faxing most documents. This is the default
setting. When sending faxes in color, the device always uses the Fine setting.
Very Fine: provides the best quality fax when you are faxing documents with very
fine detail. If you choose Very Fine, be aware that the faxing process takes longer to
complete and you can only send black-and-white faxes using this resolution. If you
send a color fax, or send a fax using the Scan and Fax or Send Fax Later functions,
the fax will be sent using Fine resolution instead.
Photo: provides the best quality fax when sending photographs in black and white.
If you choose Photo, be aware that the faxing process takes longer to complete.
When faxing photographs in black and white, HP recommends that you choose
Photo.
Standard: provides the fastest possible fax transmission with the lowest quality.
When you exit the Fax menu, this option returns to the default setting unless you set your
changes as the default.
Change the resolution from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. In the Fax area, press Fax.
The Enter Number prompt appears.
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial or a one-touch speed
dial button (some models only) to select a speed dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial
the last number dialed.
4. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until Resolution appears.
5. Press to select a resolution setting, and then press OK.
6. Press START FAX Black.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends
the document to the number you entered.
Change the Lighter / Darker setting
You can change the contrast of a fax to be darker or lighter than the original. This feature
is useful if you are faxing a document that is faded, washed out, or handwritten. You can
darken the original by adjusting the contrast.
NOTE: The Lighter / Darker setting applies to black-and-white faxes only, not color
faxes.
When you exit the Fax menu, this option returns to the default setting unless you set your
changes as the default.
To change the Lighter / Darker setting from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.
2. In the Fax area, press Fax.
The Enter Number prompt appears.
60
Fax
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial or a one-touch speed
dial button (some models only) to select a speed dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial
the last number dialed.
4. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until Lighter / Darker appears.
5. Press to lighten the fax or press to darken it, and then press OK.
The indicator moves to the left or right as you press an arrow button.
6. Press START FAX Black.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends
the document to the number you entered.
Set new default settings
You can change the default value for the Resolution and Lighter / Darker settings
through the device control panel.
To set new default settings from the device control panel
1. Make changes to the Resolution and Lighter / Darker settings.
2. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until Set New Defaults appears.
3. Press until Yes appears, and then press OK.
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode
Error Correction Mode (ECM) prevents loss of data due to poor phone lines by detecting
errors that occur during transmission and automatically requesting retransmission of the
erroneous portion. Phone charges are unaffected, or might even be reduced, on good
phone lines. On poor phone lines, ECM increases sending time and phone charges, but
sends the data much more reliably. The default setting is On. Turn ECM off only if it
increases phone charges substantially, and you can accept poorer quality in exchange
for reduced charges.
If the ECM setting is OFF:
•
•
•
The quality and transmission speed of faxes you send and receive are affected.
The Fax Speed is automatically set to Medium.
You will no longer be able to send or receive color faxes.
To change the ECM setting from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press 5, and then press 6.
This selects Advanced Fax Setup and then selects Error Correction Mode.
3. Press to select On or Off.
4. Press OK.
Receive a fax
You can receive faxes automatically or manually. If you turn off the Auto Answer option,
you must receive faxes manually. If you turn on the Auto Answer option (the default
setting), the device automatically answers incoming calls and receives faxes after the
number of rings that are specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The default Rings
to Answer setting is five rings.)
Receive a fax
61
Chapter 6
If you receive a legal-size fax and the device is not currently set to use legal-size paper,
the device reduces the fax so that it fits on the paper that is loaded. If you have disabled
the Automatic Reduction feature, the device prints the fax on two pages.
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the
device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages
stored in memory.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Receive a fax manually
Set up backup fax reception
Reprint received faxes from memory
Poll to receive a fax
Forward faxes to another number
Set the paper size for received faxes
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes
Block junk fax numbers
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)
Receive a fax manually
When you are on the phone, the person you are speaking with can send you a fax while
you are still connected. This is referred to as manual faxing. Use the instructions in this
section to receive a manual fax.
NOTE: You can pick up the handset to talk or listen for fax tones.
You can receive faxes manually from a phone that is:
•
•
Directly connected to the device (on the 2-EXT port)
On the same phone line, but not directly connected to the device
NOTE: The automatic document feeder must be empty to receive a fax. If there are
documents in the ADF, then the device will not be able to receive incoming faxes.
To receive a fax manually
1. Make sure the device is turned on and you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Remove any originals from the document feeder tray.
NOTE: The automatic document feeder must be empty to receive a fax. If there
are documents in the document feeder, then receiving the fax will be
unsuccessful.
3. Do one of the following to answer a fax manually:
• Set the Rings to Answer setting to a high number to allow you to answer the
incoming call before the device answers.
• Turn off the Auto Answer setting so that the device does not automatically
answer incoming calls.
4. If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press Start
on their fax machine.
62
Fax
5. When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:
a. Press START FAX Black or START FAX Color on the device control panel.
b. When prompted, select Fax Receive.
NOTE: Depending on your country/region, the device might receive the fax
automatically when you hear fax tones from the sending fax machine.
6. After the device begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone or remain on
the line. The phone line is silent during fax transmission.
Set up backup fax reception
Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the device to
store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the device is in an error
condition, or none of the faxes it receives.
The following Backup Fax Reception modes are available:
On
The default setting. When Backup Fax Reception is On, the device stores
all received faxes in memory. This enables you to reprint all of the faxes
that are saved in memory.
NOTE: When device memory is low, it overwrites the oldest, printed faxes
as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full of unprinted faxes, the
device stops answering incoming fax calls.
NOTE: If you receive a fax that is too large, such as a very detailed color
photo, it might not be stored in memory due to memory limitations.
On Error Only
Causes the device to store faxes in memory only if an error condition exists
that prevents the device from printing the faxes (for example, if the device
runs out of paper). The device continues to store incoming faxes as long
as there is memory available. (If the memory becomes full, the device stops
answering incoming fax calls.) When the error condition is resolved, the
faxes stored in memory print automatically, and then they are deleted from
memory.
Off
Faxes are never stored in memory. For example, you might want to turn off
Backup Fax Reception for security purposes. If an error condition occurs
that prevents the device from printing (for example, the device runs out of
paper), the device stops answering incoming fax calls.
NOTE: If Backup Fax Reception is enabled and you turn off the device, all faxes
stored in memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that you might have
received while the device was in an error condition. You must contact the senders to
ask them to resend any unprinted faxes. For a list of the faxes you have received,
print the Fax Log. The Fax Log is not deleted when the device is turned off.
NOTE: If you turn on Fax to PC, set Backup Fax Reception to On. If you set
Backup Fax Reception to On Error Only or Off, then the backup fax reception will
attempt to save color faxes.
To set backup fax reception from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Advanced Fax Setup, and then select Backup Fax Reception.
Receive a fax
63
Chapter 6
3. Press the right arrow button to select On, On Error Only, or Off.
4. Press OK.
Reprint received faxes from memory
If you set the Backup Fax Reception mode to On, the received faxes are stored in
memory, whether the device has an error condition or not.
NOTE: After the memory becomes full, the oldest, printed faxes are overwritten as
new faxes are received. If all the stored faxes are unprinted, the device does not
receive any fax calls until you print or delete the faxes from memory. You might also
want to delete the faxes in memory for security or privacy purposes.
Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the most
recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need to reprint
your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.
To reprint faxes in memory from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Select Tools, and then select Reprint Faxes in Memory.
The faxes are printed in the reverse order from which they were received with the
most recently received fax printed first, and so on.
4. If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, press Cancel.
To delete all the faxes in memory from the device control panel
▲ Turn off the device by pressing the Power button.
All faxes stored in memory are deleted from memory when you turn off the power.
Poll to receive a fax
Polling allows the device to ask another fax machine to send a fax that it has in its queue.
When you use the Poll to Receive feature, the device calls the designated fax machine
and requests the fax from it. The designated fax machine must be set for polling and have
a fax ready to send.
NOTE: The device does not support polling pass codes. Polling pass codes are a
security feature that require the receiving fax machine to provide a pass code to the
device it is polling in order to receive the fax. Make sure the device you are polling
does not have a pass code set up (or has not changed the default pass code) or the
device will not be able to receive the fax.
To set up poll to receive a fax from the device control panel
1. In the Fax area, press Fax repeatedly until How to Fax appears.
2. Press until Poll to Receive appears, and then press OK.
64
Fax
3. Enter the fax number of the other fax machine.
4. Press START FAX Black or START FAX Color.
NOTE: If you press START FAX Color but the sender sent the fax in black and
white, the device prints the fax in black and white.
Forward faxes to another number
You can set up the device to forward your faxes to another fax number. A received color
fax is forwarded in black and white.
HP recommends that you verify the number you are forwarding to is a working fax line.
Send a test fax to make sure the fax machine is able to receive your forwarded faxes.
To forward faxes from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Advanced Fax Setup, and then select Fax Forwarding.
3. Press the right arrow button until On-Forward or On-Print & Forward appears, and
then press OK.
• Choose On-Forward if you want to forward the fax to another number without
printing a backup copy on the device.
NOTE: If the device is not able to forward the fax to the designated fax
machine (for example, if it is not turned on), the device prints the fax. If you
set up the device to print error reports for received faxes, it will also print an
error report.
•
Choose On-Print & Forward to print a backup copy of your received fax while
forwarding the fax to another number.
4. At the prompt, enter the number of the fax machine that will receive the forwarded
faxes.
5. At the prompt, enter a start time and date and a stop time and date.
6. Press OK.
Fax Forwarding appears on the control-panel display.
If the device loses power when Fax Forwarding is set up, it saves the Fax
Forwarding setting and phone number. When power is restored to the device, the
Fax Forwarding setting is still On.
NOTE: You can cancel fax forwarding by pressing Cancel on the device control
panel when the Fax Forwarding message is visible on the display, or you can
select Off from the Fax Forwarding Black Only menu.
Set the paper size for received faxes
You can select the paper size for received faxes. The paper size you select should match
what is loaded in your input tray. Faxes can be printed on letter, A4, or legal paper only.
NOTE: If an incorrect paper size is loaded in the input tray when you receive a fax,
the fax does not print and an error message appears on the display. Load letter, A4,
or legal paper, and then press OK to print the fax.
Receive a fax
65
Chapter 6
To set the paper size for received faxes from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Basic Fax Setup and then select Fax Paper Size.
3. Press to select an option, and then press OK.
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes
The Automatic Reduction setting determines what the HP all-in-one does if it receives
a fax that is too large for the default paper size. This setting is turned on by default, so
the image of the incoming fax is reduced to fit on one page, if possible. If this feature is
turned off, information that does not fit on the first page is printed on a second page.
Automatic Reduction is useful when you receive a legal-size fax and letter-size paper
is loaded in the input tray.
To set automatic reduction from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Advanced Fax Setup and then select Automatic Reduction.
3. Press to select Off or On.
4. Press OK.
Block junk fax numbers
If you subscribe to a caller ID service through your phone provider, you can block specific
fax numbers so the device does not print faxes received from those numbers. When an
incoming fax call is received, the device compares the number to the list of junk fax
numbers to determine if the call should be blocked. If the number matches a number in
the blocked fax numbers list, the fax is not printed. (The maximum number of fax numbers
you can block varies by model.)
NOTE: This feature is not supported in all countries/regions. If it is not supported in
your country/region, Junk Fax Blocker Set Up does not appear in the Basic Fax
Setup menu.
NOTE: If no phone numbers are added in the Caller ID list, it is assumed that the
user has not signed up for the Caller ID service with the phone company. Check with
your local service provider for the above services before using the feature.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
66
Fax
Set the junk fax mode
Add numbers to the junk fax list
Remove numbers from the junk fax list
Print a Junk Fax Report
View a list of blocked fax numbers
Set the junk fax mode
By default, Block Junk Fax mode is turned On. If you do not subscribe to a caller ID
service through your phone provider, or do not want to use this feature, you can turn off
this setting.
To set the junk fax mode
▲ Press the Junk Fax Blocker button, select the Block Junk Fax option, and then
select On or Off.
Add numbers to the junk fax list
There are two ways to add a number to your junk list. You can select numbers from your
caller ID history, or you can enter new numbers. The fax from numbers in your junk list
are blocked if Block Junk Fax mode is set to On.
To select a number from the caller ID list
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, and then select Junk Fax Blocker Setup.
3. Select Add number to Junk List, and then select Select Number.
4. Press the right arrow button to scroll through the numbers from which you have
received faxes. When the number you want to block appears, press OK to select it.
5. When the Select Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:
• If you want to add another number to the list of junk fax numbers, press
Yes, and then repeat step 4 for each number you want to block.
• If you are done, press No.
To manually enter a number to block
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, and then select Junk Fax Blocker Setup.
3. Select Add number to Junk List, and then select Enter Number.
4. Use the keypad to enter a fax number to block, and then press OK.
Make sure you enter the fax number as it appears on the control-panel display, and
not the fax number that appears on the fax header of the received fax, as these
numbers can be different.
5. When the Enter Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:
• If you want to add another number to the list of junk fax numbers, press
Yes, and then repeat step 4 for each number you want to block.
• If you are done, press No.
Receive a fax
67
Chapter 6
Remove numbers from the junk fax list
If you no longer want to block a fax number, you can remove a number from your junk
fax list.
To remove numbers from the list of junk fax numbers
1. Press Setup.
2. Press Basic Fax Setup, and then press Junk Fax Blocker Setup.
3. Press Remove Number from Junk List.
4. Press the right arrow button to scroll through the numbers you have blocked. When
the number you want to remove appears, press OK to select it.
5. When the Delete Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:
• If you want to remove another number from the list of junk fax numbers,
press Yes, and then repeat step 4 for each number you want to block.
• If you are done, press No.
Print a Junk Fax Report
Use the following procedure to print a list of blocked junk fax numbers.
To print a Junk Fax Report
1. Press Setup, select Basic Fax Setup, select Junk Fax Blocker Setup, select
Reports, and then select Junk List.
2. Press OK.
View a list of blocked fax numbers
You can view a list of blocked fax numbers from the embedded Web server, which
requires a network connection, or by printing a report from the device control panel.
To view a list of blocked numbers via the control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Print Report and then select Junk Fax List.
To view a list of blocked numbers via the embedded Web server
▲ Open the embedded Web server. For more information, see To open the embedded
Web server. Click the Settings tab, select Junk Fax Blocker from the left pane.
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)
Use Fax to PC and Fax to Mac to automatically receive faxes and save faxes directly to
your computer. With Fax to PC and Fax to Mac, you can store digital copies of your faxes
easily and also eliminate the hassle of dealing with bulky paper files.
Received faxes are saved as TIFF (Tagged Image File Format). Once the fax is received,
you get an on-screen notification with a link to the folder where the fax is saved.
The files are named in the following method: XXXX_YYYYYYYY_ZZZZZZ.tif, where X is
the sender's information, Y is the date, and Z is the time that the fax was received.
68
Fax
NOTE: Fax to PC and Fax to Mac are available for receiving black-and-white faxes
only. Color faxes are printed instead of being saved to the computer.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Fax to Pc and Fax to Mac requirements
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac
Fax to Pc and Fax to Mac requirements
• The administrator computer, the computer that activated the Fax to PC or Fax to Mac
feature, must be on at all times. Only one computer can act as the Fax to PC or Fax
to Mac administrator computer.
• The destination folder's computer or server, must be on at all times. The destination
computer must also be awake, faxes will not be saved if the computer is asleep or in
hibernate mode.
• HP Digital Imaging monitor in Windows Taskbar must be on at all times.
• Paper must be loaded in the input tray.
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac
Use the Fax to PC Setup Wizard to activate Fax to PC. The Fax to PC Setup Wizard can
be started from the Solution Center or the Fax to PC Setup Wizard on the control panel.
To set up Fax to Mac on Mac OS X, use the HP Setup Assistant, part of the HP Device
Manager.
To set up the Fax to PC from the Solution Center (Windows)
1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center
(Windows).
2. Select Settings, and then select Fax to PC Setup Wizard.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to set up Fax to PC.
To set up Fax to Mac
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.
NOTE: If HP Device Manager is not in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the
right side of the menu bar, type “HP Device Manager” in the box, and then click
the HP Device Manager entry.
2. Follow the onscreen instructions in the setup assistant to create and share the
network folder.
The setup assistant automatically saves the configurations to the HP device. Also,
you can configure up to 10 destination folders for each HP device.
Receive a fax
69
Chapter 6
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings
You can update the Fax to PC settings from your computer at any time from the Fax
settings page in the Solution Center. You can turn off Fax to PC and disable printing faxes
from the device control panel.
To modify settings from the device control panel
1. Press the Setup button, select Basic Fax Setup, and then Fax to PC.
2. Select the setting that you want to change. You can change the following settings:
• View PC hostname: View the name of the computer that is set up to administer
Fax to PC.
• Turn Off: Turn off Fax to PC.
NOTE: Use the Solution Center to turn on Fax to PC.
•
Disable Fax Print: Choose this option to print faxes as they are received. If you
turn off printing, color faxes will still print.
To modify Fax to PC settings from the Solution Center (Windows)
1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center
(Windows).
2. Select Settings, and then select Fax Settings.
3. Select the Fax to PC Settings tab.
4. Make any changes to the settings you want to modify. Press OK.
NOTE: Any changes you make will overwrite the original settings.
To modify Fax to Mac from the HP Setup Assistant
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.
NOTE: If HP Device Manager is not in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the
right side of the menu bar, type “HP Device Manager” in the box, and then click
the HP Device Manager entry.
2. Follow the onscreen instructions in the setup assistant to create and share the
network folder.
The setup assistant automatically saves the configurations to the HP device. Also,
you can configure up to 10 destination folders for each HP device.
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac
1. Press the Setup button, select Basic Fax Setup, and then Fax to PC
2. Select Disable Fax Print.
Change fax settings
After completing the steps in the getting started guide that came with the device, use the
following steps to change the initial settings or to configure other options for faxing.
70
Fax
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Configure the fax header
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)
Set the number of rings before answering
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring
Set the fax error correction mode
Set the dial type
Set the redial options
Set the fax speed
Set the fax sound volume
Configure the fax header
The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP
recommends that you set up the fax header by using the software that you installed with
the device. You can also set up the fax header from the device control panel, as described
here.
NOTE: In some countries/regions, the fax header information is a legal requirement.
To set or change the fax header via the device panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press Basic Fax Setup, and then press Fax Header.
3. Enter your personal or company name using the numeric keypad, and then press
OK.
4. Enter your fax number by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK.
To set or change the fax header via the embedded Web server
1. Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Basic Fax
Setup from the left pane.
2. Enter the Fax Header Name and Fax Number.
3. Click the Apply button.
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)
The answer mode determines whether the device answers incoming calls.
•
•
Turn on the Auto Answer setting if you want the device to answer faxes
automatically. The device answers all incoming calls and faxes.
Turn off the Auto Answer setting if you want to receive faxes manually. You must
be available to respond in person to the incoming fax call or the device does not
receive faxes.
To set the answer mode to manual or automatic via the device control panel
▲ Press Auto Answer to turn the light on or off, as appropriate for your setup.
When the Auto Answer light is on, the device answers calls automatically. When the
light is off, the it does not answer calls.
Change fax settings
71
Chapter 6
To set the answer mode to manual or automatic via the embedded Web server
1. Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Basic Fax
Setup in the left pane.
2. Select On or Off in the Auto Answer drop-down menu in the Other Basic Fax
Settings section.
Set the number of rings before answering
If you turn on the Auto Answer setting, you can specify how many rings occur before
incoming calls are automatically answered.
The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the same
phone line as the device, because you want the answering machine to answer the phone
before the device does. The number of rings to answer for the device should be greater
than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine so that it will allow the
answering machine to answer the incoming call before the device answers.
For example, set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to
answer in the maximum number of rings. (The maximum number of rings varies by
country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the device
monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, it receives the fax. If the call is a voice
call, the answering machine records the incoming message.
To set the number of rings before answering via the device control panel
1. Touch Setup.
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, and then select Rings to Answer.
3. Enter the appropriate number of rings by using the keypad, or press the left or right
arrow button to change the number of rings.
4. Touch OK to accept the setting.
To set the number of rings before answering via the embedded Web server
1. Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Basic Fax Setup in
the left pane.
2. Select a number in the Rings-to-answer drop-down menu in the Other Basic Fax
Settings section.
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring
NOTE: Check with your local service provider for the above service before using the
feature.
Many phone companies offer a distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several
phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each number is
assigned a different ring pattern. You can set up the device to answer incoming calls that
have a specific ring pattern.
If you connect the device to a line with distinctive ring, have your telephone company
assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to fax calls. HP
recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number. When the device
detects the specified ring pattern, it answers the call and receives the fax.
72
Fax
If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All
Rings.
NOTE: The HP fax cannot receive faxes when the main phone number is off the
hook.
To change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring via the device control panel
1. Verify that the device is set to answer fax calls automatically.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press Advanced Fax Setup, and then press Distinctive Ring.
4. Press the right arrow button to select an option, and then press OK.
When the phone rings with the ring pattern assigned to your fax line, the device
answers the call and receives the fax.
To change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, click Advanced Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Select a ring pattern in the Distinctive Ring drop-down menu, and then click the
Apply button
Set the fax error correction mode
Typically, the device monitors the signals on the phone line while it is sending or receiving
a fax. If it detects an error signal during the transmission and the error-correction setting
is on, the device can request that a portion of the fax be resent.
Turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you
want to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when
you are trying to send a fax to another country/region or receive a fax from another
country/region, or if you are using a satellite phone connection.
To set the fax error-correction mode via the device control panel
▲ Press Fax, open the Advanced Fax Setup menu, and then use the Error correction
mode option.
To set the fax error-correction mode via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Advanced Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Select On or Off in the Error Correction Mode drop-down menu.
3. Click the Apply button.
Set the dial type
Use this procedure to set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is
Tone. Do not change the setting unless you know that your phone line cannot use tone
dialing.
NOTE: The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.
Change fax settings
73
Chapter 6
To set the dial type via the device control panel
▲ Press Setup, press Basic Fax Setup, and then use the Tone or Pulse Dialing
option.
To set the dial type via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Basic Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Make a selection in the Tone or Pulse Dialing drop-down menu.
3. Click the Apply button.
Set the redial options
If the device was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer
or was busy, the device attempts to redial based on the settings for the busy-redial and
no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn the options on or off.
•
•
Busy redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if it receives
a busy signal. The factory-set default for this option is ON.
No answer redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if the
receiving fax machine does not answer. The factory-set default for this option is
OFF.
To set the redial options via the device control panel
▲ Press Setup, press Advanced Fax Setup, and then use the Busy Redial or No
Answer Redial options.
To set the redial options via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Advanced Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Make a selection in the Busy Redial and No Answer Redial drop-down menus.
3. Click the Apply button.
Set the fax speed
You can set the fax speed used to communicate between your device and other fax
machines when sending and receiving faxes. The default fax speed is Fast.
If you use one of the following, setting the fax speed to a slower speed might be required:
•
•
•
•
An Internet phone service
A PBX system
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
An integrated services digital network (ISDN) service
If you experience problems sending and receiving faxes, you might want to try setting the
Fax Speed setting to Medium or Slow. The following table provides the available fax
speed settings.
74
Fax
Fax speed setting
Fax speed
Fast
v.34 (33600 baud)
Medium
v.17 (14400 baud)
(continued)
Fax speed setting
Fax speed
Slow
v.29 (9600 baud)
To set the fax speed via the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Select Advanced Fax Setup, and then press Fax Speed.
3. Select an option using the arrow keys, and then press OK.
To set the fax speed via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Basic Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Make a selection in the Fax Speed drop-down menu.
3. Click the Apply button.
Set the fax sound volume
Use this procedure to increase or decrease the volume of the fax sounds.
To set the fax sound volume via the device control panel
▲ Press Setup, select Fax Sound Volume, and then use the arrow keys to increase or
decrease the volume. Press OK to select the volume.
To set the fax sound volume via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Basic Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Make a selection in the Fax Sound Volume drop-down menu.
3. Click the Apply button.
Set up speed-dial entries
You can set up frequently used fax numbers as speed-dial entries. This lets you dial those
numbers quickly by using the device control panel. The first three entries for each of these
destinations are associated with the three speed-dial buttons on the device control panel.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Set up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups
Print and view a list of speed-dial entries
Set up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups
You can store fax numbers or groups of fax numbers as speed-dial entries. Speed-dial
entries 1 through 3 are associated with the corresponding speed-dial buttons on the
device control panel.
For information about printing a list of the speed-dial entries that are set up, see Print and
view a list of speed-dial entries.
Set up speed-dial entries
75
Chapter 6
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Set up speed-dial entries
Set up a speed-dial group
Set up speed-dial entries
• Embedded Web server (network connection): Open the embedded Web server,
click the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial in the left pane.
◦ To add an entry: Type the required information in the fields in the Fax Speed-Dial
Entry section.
◦ To edit an entry: Click the Edit link beside the entry in theFax Speed-dial List
section.
◦ To remove an entry: Select one or more entries in the Fax Speed-dial List
section, and then click the Delete icon.
• HP Solution Center Software (Windows): Open the Solution Center and follow the
instructions in the onscreen Help.
• HP Device Manager (Mac OS X): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information
and Settings, and then select Fax Speed Dial Settings from the drop-down list.
• Device control panel: Press Setup, and then select the Speed Dial Setup option.
◦ To add or change an entry: Select Individual Speed Dial or Group Speed Dial
and press the arrow keys to move to an unused entry number, or type a number
on the keypad. Type the fax number, and then press OK. Include any pauses or
other required numbers, such as an area code, an access code for numbers
outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or 0), or a long-distance prefix. Type the name,
and then press OK.
◦ To delete one entry or all entries: Select Delete Speed Dial, press the arrow keys
to highlight the speed-dial entry that you want to delete, and then press OK.
Set up a speed-dial group
If you send information to the same group of fax numbers on a regular basis, you can set
up a speed-dial entry for a group in order to simplify the task. The speed-dial entry for a
group can be associated with a speed-dial button on the device control panel.
A group member must be a member of the speed-dial list before you can add the member
to a speed-dial group. You can add up to 48 fax numbers to each group (with up to 55
characters for each fax number).
•
•
76
Fax
HP Solution Center Software (Windows): Open the Solution Center and follow the
instructions in the onscreen Help.
HP Device Manager (Mac OS X): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information
and Settings, and then select Fax Speed Dial Settings from the drop-down list.
•
•
Device control panel: Press the Setup button, and then select the Speed Dial
Setup option.
◦ To add a group: Select Group Speed Dial, select an unassigned speed-dial entry,
and then press OK. Use the arrow keys to highlight a speed-dial entry, and then
press OK to select it. Repeat this step to add additional speed-dial entries to this
group. When finished, select the Done Selecting option, and then press OK. Use
the onscreen keyboard to enter a group speed-dial name, and then select
Done.
◦ To add entries to a group: Select Group Speed Dial, select the group speed-dial
entry that you want to change, and then press OK. Use the arrow keys to highlight
a speed-dial entry, and then press OK to select it (a check mark appears next to
the speed-dial entry). Repeat this step to add additional speed-dial entries to this
group. When finished, select the Done Selecting option, and then press OK.
Select Done at the Group Name screen.
◦ To delete a group: Select Delete Speed Dial, press the arrow keys to highlight
the speed-dial entry that you want to delete, and then press OK.
Embedded Web server (network connection): Open the embedded Web server,
click the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial in the left pane. Click the link
that contains the number for the entry (for example, 26-50) in the Fax Speed-dial
List.
◦ To add a group, in the Fax Speed-dial List, click the New Group button, and
then select the individual entries from the selection. Enter the appropriate group
information and click Apply.
◦ To edit a group: Click the Edit link beside the group in the Fax Speed-dial List
section.
◦ To remove a group: Select one or more groups in the Fax Speed-dial List section,
and then click the Delete icon.
◦ Click Apply when you are finished.
Print and view a list of speed-dial entries
You can print or view a list of all of the speed-dial entries that have been set up. Each
entry in the list contains the following information:
•
•
•
Speed-dial number (the first five entries correspond to the five speed-dial buttons on
the device control panel)
Name associated with the fax number or group of fax numbers
For the fax speed-dial list, the fax number (or all of the fax numbers for a group)
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
View a list of speed-dial entries
Print a list of speed-dial entries
View a list of speed-dial entries
• Embedded Web server (network connection): Open the embedded Web server,
click the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial in the left pane. Click the link
Set up speed-dial entries
77
Chapter 6
•
•
•
that contains the number for the entry (for example, 26-50) in the Fax Speed-dial
List.
◦ To add a group, in the Fax Speed-dial List, click the New Group button, and
then select the individual entries from the selection. Enter the appropriate group
information and click Apply.
◦ To edit or remove an entry, in the Fax Speed-dial List, select the entry and click
either the Edit link or Delete icon.
◦ To delete a group: Select the entries and click the Delete button.
◦ Click Apply when you are finished.
HP Device Manager (Mac OS X): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information
and Settings, and then select Fax Speed Dial Settings from the drop-down list.
HP Solution Center (Windows): Open the Solution Center and follow the
instructions in the onscreen Help.
Control Panel: Press the Setup button, select Speed Dial Setup, and then select
Print Speed Dial List.
Print a list of speed-dial entries
Embedded Web server (network connection): Open the embedded Web server, click
the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial in the left pane. Click the link that
contains the number for the entry (for example, 26-50) in the Fax Speed-dial List. Click
the Print button.
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
You may subscribe to a low cost phone service that allows you to send and receive faxes
with your device by using the Internet. This method is called Fax over Internet Protocol
(FoIP). You probably use a FoIP service (provided by your telephone company) if you:
•
•
Dial a special access code along with the fax number, or
Have an IP converter box that connects to the Internet and provides analog phone
ports for the fax connection.
NOTE: You can only send and receive faxes by connecting a phone cord to the port
labeled "1-LINE" on the device. This means that your connection to the Internet must
be done either through a converter box (which supplies regular analog phone jacks
for fax connections) or your telephone company.
Some Internet faxing services do not work properly when the device is sending and
receiving faxes at high speed (33600bps). If you experience problems sending and
receiving faxes while using an Internet fax service, use a slower fax speed. You can do
this by changing the Fax Speed setting from High (the default) to Medium. For
information on changing this setting, see Set the fax speed.
NOTE: If you have questions about internet faxing, contact your internet faxing
services support department or your local service provider for further assistance.
78
Fax
Test fax setup
You can test your fax setup to check the status of the device and to make sure it is set
up properly for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up the device
for faxing. The test does the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tests the fax hardware
Verifies the correct type of phone cord is connected to the device
Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port
Checks for a dial tone
Checks for an active phone line
Tests the status of your phone line connection
The device prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the report for
information on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.
To test fax setup via the device control panel
1. Set up the device for faxing according to your particular home or office setup
instructions.
2. Make sure the ink cartridges are installed, and that full-size paper is loaded in the
input tray before starting the test.
3. From the device control panel, press Setup.
4. Select Tools, and then select Run Fax Test.
The device displays the status of the test on the display and prints a report.
5. Review the report.
• If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax settings
listed in the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or incorrect fax setting
can cause problems faxing.
• If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any problems
found.
To set the dial type via the embedded Web server
1. Set up the device for faxing according to your particular home or office setup
instructions.
2. Make sure the ink cartridges are installed, and that full-size paper is loaded in the
input tray before starting the test.
3. Embedded Web server (network connection): Click the Settings tab, and then click
Device Services in the left pane.
4. Select Run Fax Test in the Test Device Features drop-down menu.
5. Click the Run Test button.
Use reports
You can set up the device to print error reports and confirmation reports automatically for
each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system reports as required;
these reports provide useful system information about the device.
Use reports
79
Chapter 6
By default, the device is set to print a report only if there is a problem sending or receiving
a fax. A confirmation message that indicates whether a fax was successfully sent appears
briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.
NOTE: If the reports are not legible, you can check the estimated ink levels from the
control panel, HP Solution Center (Windows), or HP Device Manager (Mac OS X).
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
NOTE: Ensure that the printhead and ink cartridges are in good conditions and
installed properly.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Print fax confirmation reports
Print fax error reports
Print and view the fax log
Clear the fax log
Print the details of the last fax transaction
Print a Caller ID History Report
Print fax confirmation reports
If you require printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these
instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On Fax
Send or Send & Receive.
The default fax confirmation setting is Off. This means that a confirmation report is not
printed for each fax sent or received. A confirmation message indicating whether a fax
was successfully sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.
To enable fax confirmation via the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press Print Report, and then Fax Confirmation.
3. Press the right arrow button to select one of the following, and then press OK.
Off
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and receive
faxes successfully. This is the default setting.
On Fax Send
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.
On Fax Receive
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.
Send & Receive
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and receive.
TIP: If you choose On Fax Send or Send & Receive, and scan your fax to send
from memory, you can include an image of the first page of the fax on the Fax
Sent Confirmation report. Press Setup, and then selectImage on Fax Send
Report. Select On and then press OK.
80
Fax
To enable fax confirmation via the embedded Web server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Advanced Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Make a selection in theFax Confirmation drop-down menu.
3. Click the Apply button.
Print fax error reports
You can configure the device so that it automatically prints a report when there is an error
during transmission or reception.
To set the device to print fax error reports automatically via the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press Print Report, and then press Fax Error Report.
3. Press the right arrow button to select one of the following, and then press OK.
Send & Receive
Prints whenever a fax error occurs. This is the default setting.
Off
Does not print any fax error reports.
On Fax Send
Prints whenever a transmission error occurs.
On Fax Receive
Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.
To set the device to print fax error reports automatically via the embedded Web
server
1. Click the Settings tab, and then click Advanced Fax Setup in the left pane.
2. Make a selection in theFax Error Report drop-down menu.
3. Click the Apply button.
Print and view the fax log
The logs list faxes that have been sent from the device control panel and all faxes that
have been received.
You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the device. Each entry
in the log contains the following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Transmission date and time
Type (whether received or sent)
Fax number
Duration
Number of pages
Result (status) of transmission
Use reports
81
Chapter 6
To view the fax log from the HP photo and imaging software
1. At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. For more information, see
Use the HP photo and imaging software.
2. See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further instructions.
The log lists faxes that have been sent from the device control panel and the HP photo
and imaging software and all faxes that have been received.
To print the fax log from the device control panel
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Print Report, and then press OK.
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Fax Log, and then press OK.
4. Press OK again to print the log.
To view the fax log from the embedded Web server
▲ On the Information tab, click Log in the left pane, then click the Fax Log sub-tab.
Clear the fax log
Use the following steps to clear the fax log.
To clear the fax log via the device control panel
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Tools, and then press OK.
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Clear Fax Log, and then press OK.
To clear the fax log via the embedded Web server
1. Embedded Web server (network connection): Click the Settings tab, and then click
Fax options in the left pane.
2. Click the Clear button in theClear Fax Logs section.
Print the details of the last fax transaction
The Last Fax Transaction report prints the details of the last fax transaction to occur.
Details include the fax number, number of pages, and the fax status.
To print the Last Fax Transaction report
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Print Report, and then press OK.
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Last Transaction, and then press OK.
82
Fax
Print a Caller ID History Report
Use the following procedure to print a list of Caller ID fax numbers.
To print a Caller ID History Report
1. Press Setup, select Printer Report, and then select Caller ID History Report.
2. Press OK.
Cancel a fax
You can cancel a fax you are sending or receiving at any time. The device prints any
pages it has already started printing and then cancels the remainder of the fax. This can
take a few moments.
To cancel a fax
▲ Press Cancel on the device control panel to stop a fax you are sending or receiving.
If the device does not stop faxing, press Cancel again.
The device prints any pages it has already started printing and then cancels the
remainder of the fax. This can take a few moments.
To cancel a number you are dialing
▲ Press Cancel to cancel a number you are currently dialing.
Cancel a fax
83
7
Copy
You can produce high-quality color and grayscale copies on a variety of paper types and
sizes.
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500
(E709r), the HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be
turned on and you must be logged on. The software must be installed and running.
Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and
turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is installed, it is
always available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the
device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages
stored in memory.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Make copies
Change the copy settings
Set the number of copies
Set the copy paper size
Set the copy paper type
Change copy speed or quality
Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper
Copy a legal-size document onto letter paper
Adjust the lightness and darkness of your copy
Enhance light areas of your copy
Collate a copy job
Apply Margin Shift to a Copy Job
Two-sided copy jobs
Cancel a copy job
Make copies
You can make quality copies from the device control panel.
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500
(E709r), the HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be
turned on and you must be logged on. The software must be installed and running.
Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and
turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is installed, it is
always available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number.
84
Copy
To make a copy
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF. For
more information, see Load originals.
3. Do one of the following:
• Press START COPY Black or START PC COPY Black to start a black-and-white
copy job.
• Press START COPY Color or START PC COPY Color to start a color copy job.
NOTE: If you have a color original, pressing START COPY Black or START PC
COPY Black produces a black-and-white copy of the color original, while pressing
START COPY Color or START PC COPY Color produces a full-color copy of
the color original.
NOTE: If you are using a Macintosh computer, refer to your computer for a
preview of your copy. If necessary, edit the preview image, then click Accept and
print your copies.
Change the copy settings
You can customize the copy settings to handle nearly any task.
When you change copy settings, the changes are for the current copy job only. You must
set the changes as defaults for the settings to apply to all future copy jobs.
To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs
1. Press Copy and make any necessary changes to the settings in the menus.
2. Press Copy, and then press the arrow keys until Set New Defaults appears.
3. Press the arrow keys to select Yes, and then press OK.
Set the number of copies
You can set the number of copies that you want to print by using the Number of
Copies option on the device control panel.
To set the number of copies from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF. For
more information, see Load originals.
3. Press Copy repeatedly until Number of Copies appears. –Or- Press Number of
Copies.
4. Press or use the keypad to enter the number of copies, up to the maximum.
TIP: If you hold down either of the arrow buttons, the number of copies changes
by increments of 5 to make it easier to set a large number of copies.
5. Press START COPY Black or START PC COPY Black, or pressSTART COPY
Color or START PC COPY Color.
Set the number of copies
85
Chapter 7
Set the copy paper size
You can set the paper size on the device. The paper size you select should match what
is loaded in your input tray.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To set the paper size from the device control panel
1. Press Copy repeatedly until Copy Paper Size appears.
2. Press until the appropriate paper size appears, and then press OK.
3. Press START COPY Black or START COPY Color.
Set the copy paper type
You can set the paper type on the device.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To set the paper type for copies from the device control panel
1. Press Copy repeatedly until Paper Type appears.
2. Press until the appropriate paper type appears, and then press OK.
3. Press START COPY Black or START COPY Color.
Refer to the following table to determine which paper type setting to choose based on the
paper loaded in the input tray.
NOTE: If a paper type is not supported for a paper size selected, the paper type will
not appear on the list. Change the paper size to update the list of paper types.
Change copy speed or quality
The device provides three options that affect copy speed and quality:
•
•
•
86
Copy
Best (3 stars) produces the highest quality for all paper and eliminates the banding
(striping) effect that sometimes occurs in solid areas. Best copies slower than the
other quality settings.
Normal (2 stars) delivers high-quality output and is the recommended setting for most
of your copying. Normal copies faster than Best and is the default setting.
Fast (1 star) copies faster than the Normal setting. The text is comparable to the
quality of the Normal setting, but the graphics might be lower quality. The Fast setting
uses less ink and extends the life of your ink cartridges.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To change the copy quality from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Place your original face down on the glass or load originals in the ADF.
3. In the Copy area, press Quality until the appropriate quality setting is lit.
4. Press START COPY Black or START COPY Color.
NOTE: On some models, when you select Best quality and set the media to photo
media, then the device will copy at the maximum quality.
Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper
If the image or text on your original fills the entire sheet with no margins, use Fit to
Page or Full Page 91% to reduce your original and prevent unwanted cropping of the
text or images at the edges of the sheet.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
TIP: You can also use Fit to Page to enlarge a small photo to fit within the printable
area of a full-size page. In order to do this without changing the proportions of the
original or cropping the edges, the device might leave an uneven amount of white
space around the edges of the paper.
To resize a document from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF.
3. Press Copy, until Reduce/Enlarge appears.
Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper
87
Chapter 7
4. Press until Full Page 91% appears, and then press OK.
5. Press START COPY Black or START PC COPY Black, or START COPY Color or
START PC COPY Color.
Copy a legal-size document onto letter paper
You can use the Legal > Ltr 72% setting to reduce a copy of a legal-size document to a
size that fits onto letter paper.
NOTE: The percentage in the example, Legal > Ltr 72%, might not match the
percentage that appears in the display.
To copy a legal-size document onto letter paper
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Load originals in the automatic document feeder.
3. Press Copy, until Reduce/Enlarge appears.
4. Press until Legal > Ltr 72% appears, and then press OK.
5. Press START COPY Black or START PC COPY Black, or START COPY Color or
START PC COPY Color.
Adjust the lightness and darkness of your copy
You can use the Lighter / Darker option to adjust the contrast of the copies you make.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To adjust the copy contrast from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF.
3. Press Copy repeatedly until Lighter / Darker appears.
88
Copy
4. Do one of the following:
• Press to darken the copy.
• Press to lighten the copy.
5. Press START COPY Black or START COPY Color.
Enhance light areas of your copy
You can use Photo enhancements to enhance light colors that might otherwise appear
white. You can also use Photo enhancements to eliminate or reduce any of the following
that might occur when copying with Text enhancements:
•
•
•
•
Stray dots of color surround some text on your copies
Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)
Thin, colored objects or lines contain black sections
Horizontal grainy or white bands appear in light- to medium-gray areas
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To copy an overexposed photo from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass. Place your original face down on
the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF.
3. Press Copy repeatedly until Enhancements appears.
4. Press until the Photo enhancement setting appears, and then press OK.
5. Press START COPY Color.
Collate a copy job
NOTE: Collating is only available on some models.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
Collating allows you to create sets of copies in the same order that they are scanned into
the automatic document feeder (ADF). All copies are scanned into the device memory
before they are printed.
NOTE: The maximum number of pages that can be scanned and collated varies by
model. If your document is too large, break the job into multiple jobs.
NOTE: If paper size is set to Auto, copy paper size will default to Letter- or A4-size,
depending on the location set in the control panel. If you are not using Letter- or A4–
size paper, you must manually change the paper size setting. If paper type is set to
Auto, copy paper type will default to Plain. If you do not want Plain paper, you must
manually change the paper type setting.
Collate a copy job
89
Chapter 7
To collate copies from the control panel
1. Load originals in the ADF. For more information, see Load originals.
2. Press Copy repeatedly until Collate appears.
3. Press until the On setting appears, and then press OK.
Apply Margin Shift to a Copy Job
Margin shift allows you to shift the copy image on the printed page to allow for binding or
a 3–hole punch. The image is shifted to the right by 3/8 inch.
NOTE: An image may be cropped on the right edge because the copied image is
not scaled down by the Margin Shift feature.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To apply margin shift from the control panel
1. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF. For
more information, see Load originals.
2. Press Copy repeatedly until Margin Shift appears.
3. Press until the On setting appears, and then press OK.
Two-sided copy jobs
NOTE: Two-sided copying is only available on some models. If two-sided copying
is not available, this option will not be displayed.
Two-sided copying allows you to print copies on both sides of a sheet of paper. It can be
done via the flatbed scanner or the ADF.
NOTE: If you are copying from the flatbed scanner, the display will prompt you when
it is time to load the second page.
Two-sided copying is not supported for small media.
NOTE: If you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
this setting is not available. To determine the model you have, see Finding the device
model number.
To make two-sided copies from the control panel
1. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or load originals in the ADF. For
more information, see Load originals.
2. Press Copy repeatedly until Two-sided appears.
3. Press to select 1-side or 2-side, and then press OK.
90
Copy
Cancel a copy job
To stop copying, press Cancel on the device control panel.
Cancel a copy job
91
8
Configure and manage
This section is intended for the administrator or individual who is responsible for managing
the device. This section contains information about the following topics.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Manage the device
Use device management tools
Understand the printer status page
Understand the network configuration page
Configure network options
Set up faxing for the device
Configure the device (Windows)
Configure the device (Mac OS X)
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
Uninstall and reinstall the software
Manage the device
The following, common tools can be used to manage the device. For information about
accessing and using the tools, see Use device management tools.
NOTE: Specific procedures might include other methods.
Windows
• Device control panel
• Printer driver
• Toolbox
• Network Toolbox
• Embedded Web server
Mac OS X
• Device control panel
• HP Device Manager
• HP Printer Utility
• Embedded Web server
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
92
Monitor the device
Administer the device
Configure and manage
Monitor the device
This section provides instructions for monitoring the device.
Use this tool...
to obtain the following information...
Device control panel
Obtain information about the status of jobs that
are being processed, the operating status of the
device, and the status of ink cartridges.
Embedded Web server
•
•
Printer status information: Click the
Information tab, and then click a selection
in the left pane.
Accumulated ink and media usage: Click
the Information tab, and then click Usage
Report in the left pane.
Toolbox (Windows)
Ink cartridge information: Click the
Estimated Ink Levels tab to view the ink-level
information, and then scroll to display the
Cartridge Details button. Click the Cartridge
Details button to view information about
replacement print cartridges and expiration
dates.*
Network Toolbox
View network settings. From the Toolbox, click
the Network Settings tab.
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)
Ink cartridge information: Open the
Information and Support panel and click
Supplies Status. *
HP Solution Center
Provides current status of the device.
* Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you
receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid
possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until print quality
becomes unacceptable.
Administer the device
This section provides information about administering the device and modifying settings.
Use this tool...
to do the following...
Device control panel
•
•
•
•
•
Language and country/region: Press Setup,
and then open the Preferences menu. If you do
not see your country/region, press 99, and then
find your country/region in the list.
Device control panel volume: Press Setup,
and then open the Preferences menu.
Fax sound volume: Press Setup, and then
select Fax Sound Volume.
Automatic report printing: Press Setup, and
then open the Advance Fax Setup menu.
Set the dial type: Press Setup, and then open
the Basic Fax Setup menu.
Manage the device
93
Chapter 8
(continued)
Use this tool...
to do the following...
•
•
Embedded Web server
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Toolbox (Windows)
•
•
Network Toolbox
•
•
Configure and manage
Set embedded Web server password: Click
the Settings tab, and then click Security in the
left pane.
Perform device maintenance tasks: Click the
Settings tab, and then click Device Services in
the left pane.
Language or country/region: Click the
Settings tab, and then click International in the
left pane.
Configure network settings: Click the
Networking tab, and then click an option in the
left pane.
Order supplies: On any tab, click the Order
Supplies button, and then follow the onscreen
instructions.
Support: On any tab, click the Support button,
and then select a support option.
Set the date and time: Click the Settings tab,
click Date & Time in the left pane, type the
necessary values in the fields, and then click
Apply.
Perform device maintenance tasks: Click the
Services tab.
Configure network settings: Click the
Network tab, and then click a button to launch
the Network Toolbox.
View and change network settings. From the
Toolbox, click the Network Settings tab.
•
94
Set up redial options: Press Setup, and then
open the Advance Fax Setup menu.
Set the date and time: Press Setup, press
Tools, and then press Date and Time.
Change settings: click the Change Settings
button.
Run a network diagnostic (to check the
network printer connection):
◦ If the printer is not connected, click Change
Settings, and then click Run Network
Diagnostic.
◦ If the printer is connected, when the toolbox
opens, click the Utilities tab, and then click
Run Network Diagnostic.
Change the printer's IP address: In the
Network Settings tab, click Wired or Wireless
tab, depending on the connection, edit the IP
Settings, and then click OK.
(continued)
Use this tool...
to do the following...
•
•
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)
Change the printer's DNS setting: In the
Network Settings tab, click Wired or Wireless
tab, depending on the connection, edit the DNS
Settings, and then click OK.
Print Wireless Network Test Report: In the
Network Settings tab, click the Utilities tab, and
then click Print Wireless Network Test
Report.
Perform device maintenance tasks: Open the
Information and Support panel, and then click the
option for the task that you want to perform.
Use device management tools
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
Toolbox (Windows)
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)
Embedded Web server
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)
Use the HP Device Manager (Mac OS X)
Toolbox (Windows)
The Toolbox provides maintenance information about the device.
NOTE: The Toolbox can be installed from the Starter CD by selecting the full
installation option if the computer meets the system requirements.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Open the Toolbox
Toolbox tabs
Network Toolbox
Open the Toolbox
• From the HP Solution Center, click the Settings menu, point to Print Settings, and
then click Printer Toolbox.
• Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the taskbar, point to Printer Model
Name and then click Display Printer Toolbox.
• From the printer preferences, click the Features tab, and then click Printer
Services.
Use device management tools
95
Chapter 8
Toolbox tabs
The Toolbox contains the following tabs.
Tabs
Contents
Estimated Ink Level
•
Ink Level Information: Shows estimated ink
level for each cartridge.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide
estimates for planning purposes only. When you
receive a low-ink alert, consider having a
replacement cartridge available to avoid possible
printing delays. You do not need to replace the
ink cartridges until print quality becomes
unacceptable.
•
•
•
Services
•
•
•
Network
NOTE: The Network tab is only shown if
the device has an active network or
wireless connection.
Shop Online: Provides access to a Web site
from which you can order printing supplies for the
device online.
Dial a cartridge: Shows telephone numbers that
you can call to order supplies for the device.
Telephone numbers are not available for all
countries/regions.
Cartridge Details: Shows order numbers of the
installed ink cartridges.
Print a Printer Status Report: Allows you to
print the Printer Status page of the device. This
page contains information about the device and
ink cartridges. For more information, see
Understand the printer status page.
Align Printhead: Guides you through aligning
the printhead. For more information, see Align
the printer.
Clean Printhead: Guides you through cleaning
the printhead. For more information, see Clean
the printhead.
The Network tab displays the current active network
settings. Click the Change Settings... to open the
Network Toolbox and change the network settings
and run diagnostic tests.
Network Toolbox
The Network Toolbox allows you to view and change some network settings. You can
change the IP address, turn the wireless radio on or off, perform tests, and print reports.
To open the Network Toolbox
1. Open the Toolbox
2. Click the Network Settings tab.
3. Click the Change Settings... button.
96
Configure and manage
Network Toolbox tab
1. General: Shows the current network connection setting of the printer
2. Wired settings: Enable the user to change the IP Settings and DNS server for a wired
connection
3. Wireless settings (only available if the printer supports wireless connection): Enable
the user to turn the wireless radio On or Off and to change the IP address or DNS
server
4. Utilities:
a. Run Network Diagnostic – to perform network troubleshooting
b. Print Wireless Network Test Report – only for printers with wireless capability
c. View Wireless Network Tutorial – only for printers with wireless capability
d. View Wireless Network FAQs – only for printers with wireless capability
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)
On a Windows computer, the HP Solution Center is the entry point for the HP software.
Use the HP Solution Center to change print settings, order supplies, and access the
onscreen Help.
The features available in the HP Solution Center vary depending on the devices you have
installed. The HP Solution Center is customized to show icons that are associated with
the selected device. If the selected device is not equipped with a particular feature, then
the icon for that feature does not appear in the HP Solution Center.
Open the Solution Center using one of these methods:
Double-click the Solution Center icon in the desktop.
- Or Double-click the Digital Imaging Monitor icon in the taskbar.
Embedded Web server
When the device is connected to a network, you can use the embedded Web server to
view status information, change settings, and manage it from your computer.
NOTE: For a list of system requirements for the embedded Web server, see
Embedded Web server specifications.
Some settings might be restricted by the requirement for a password.
You can open and use the embedded Web server without being connected to the
Internet; however, some features will not be available.
You might receive a statement about the EWS being an untrusted site. Click through
this message to enter the EWS.
The embedded Web server (EWS) places a very small text file (cookies) on your hard
drive when you are browsing. These files let the EWS recognize your computer the next
time you visit. For example, if you have configured the EWS language, a cookie helps
remember which language you've selected so that the next time you open the EWS, the
pages are displayed in that language. Though some cookies are cleared at the end of
each session (such as the cookie that stores the selected language), others (such as the
Use device management tools
97
Chapter 8
cookie that stores customer-specific preferences) are stored on the computer until you
clear them manually.
You can configure your browser to accept all cookies, or you can configure it to alert you
every time a cookie is offered, which allows you to decide on a cookie-by-cookie basis
which cookies to accept or refuse. You can also use your browser to remove unwanted
cookies.
NOTE: Depending on your device, if you chose to disable cookies, you will disable
one or more of the following features:
•
•
•
•
Remembering the EWS browser language setting
Automatically refreshing the existing page
Starting where you left the application (especially useful when using setup wizards)
Preventing other users from modifying the same settings while you are making
changes
For information about how to change your privacy and cookie settings and how to view
or delete cookies, see the documentation available with your Web browser.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
To open the embedded Web server
Embedded Web server pages
To open the embedded Web server
You can open the embedded Web server by using these methods:
NOTE: To open the embedded Web server from the printer driver (Windows), or the
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X), the device must be on a network and must have an IP
address.
•
•
•
•
98
Web browser: In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the IP address
or hostname that has been assigned to the device.
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following address into
the Web browser: http://123.123.123.123.
The IP address and hostname for the device are listed on the wireless status report.
For more information, see Understand the network configuration page.
After opening the embedded Web server, you can bookmark it so that you can return
to it quickly in the future.
Windows taskbar: Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon, point to the device
you wish to view, and then click Network Settings (EWS).
Windows Vista: Right-click the printer icon and then select Device Web Page.
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X): On the Printer Settings panel, click Additional
Settings, and then click the Open Embedded Web Server button.
Configure and manage
Embedded Web server pages
The embedded Web server contains pages that you can use to view product information
and change device settings. The pages also contain links to other e-services.
Pages/buttons
Contents
Information page
Shows status information about the device, its ink
supplies and usage, and a log of device events (such
as errors).
Settings page
Shows the settings that have been configured for the
device and gives you the ability to change these
settings. You can also save the settings and restore
them if the device loses the settings.
Networking page
Shows network status and the network settings that
have been configured for the device. These pages
only appear if the device is connected to a network.
For more information, see Configure network
options.
Support and Order Supplies buttons
Support provides a number of support services.
Order Supplies connects you to online ordering of
supplies.
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)
The HP Printer Utility contains tools to configure print settings, calibrate the device, order
supplies online, and find Web site support information.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Open the HP Printer Utility
HP Printer Utility panels
Open the HP Printer Utility
To open the HP Printer Utility from the HP Device Manager
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the
right side of the menu bar, type HP Device Manager in the box, and then click
the HP Device Manager entry.
2. Select Maintain printer from the Information and Settings menu.
3. Select the HP device, and then click Select.
HP Printer Utility panels
Information and Support panel
• Supplies Status: Shows the information about currently installed ink cartridges.
• Device Information: Displays information about the model and serial number. This
page contains information about the device and the supplies.
Use device management tools
99
Chapter 8
•
•
•
Clean: Guides you through cleaning the printhead.
Align: Guides you through aligning the printhead.
HP Support: Gain access to HP Web site where you can find support for the device,
register the device, and find information about returning and recycling used printing
supplies.
Use the HP Device Manager (Mac OS X)
To open the HP Device Manager on a Macintosh computer
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the
right side of the menu bar, type HP Device Manager in the box, and then click
the HP Device Manager entry.
2. Select the device from the Devices drop-down menu.
From here, you can check for software updates, configure more software options,
and perform maintenance procedures such as checking the ink levels for the ink
cartridges.
NOTE: On a Macintosh computer, the features available in the HP Device
Manager vary depending on the selected device.
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive an ink alert message, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges
until print quality becomes unacceptable.
TIP: When the HP Device Manager is opened, you can gain access to the Dock
menu shortcuts by selecting and holding the mouse button over the appropriate
icon for the HP Device Manager in the Dock.
Understand the printer status page
Use the Printer Status page to:
•
•
View current device information and ink cartridge status
Help troubleshoot problems
The Printer Status page also contains a log of recent events.
100
Configure and manage
If you need to call HP, it is often useful to print the Printer Status page before calling.
•
•
Printer Information: Shows device information (such as the product name, model
number, serial number, and firmware version number), the accessories that are
installed (such as the duplexer), and the number of pages printed from the trays and
accessories.
Ink Cartridge Status: Shows the estimated ink levels (represented in graphical form
as gauges) and the part numbers and expiration dates of the ink cartridges.
To print the Printer Status page
• Device control panel: Press Setup, select Print Report, select Printer Status, and
then press OK.
• Toolbox (Windows): Click the Services tab, and then click Print a Test Page.
• HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X): Click Device Information from the Information and
Support panel, and then click Print Configuration Page.
Understand the network configuration page
If the device is connected to a network, you can print a network configuration page to
view the network settings for the device. You can use the network configuration page to
Understand the network configuration page
101
Chapter 8
help troubleshoot network connectivity problems. If you need to call HP, it is often useful
to print this page before calling.
Network Configuration Page
1. General Information: Shows information about the current status and active
connection type of the network, and other information, such as the URL of the
embedded Web server.
2. 802.3 Wired: Shows information about the active wired network connection, such as
the IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, as well as the hardware address of
the device.
3. 802.11 Wireless: Shows information about the active wireless network connection,
such as the IP address, the communication mode, the network name, authentication
type, and signal strength.
4. mDNS: Shows information about the active Multicast Domain Name System (mDNS)
connection. mDNS services are typically used on small networks for IP address and
name resolution (through UDP port 5353) where a conventional DNS server is not
used.
5. SLP: Shows information about the current Service Location Protocol (SLP)
connection. SLP is used by network management applications for device
management. The device supports SNMPv1 protocol on IP networks.
To print the network configuration page from the device control panel
Press the Setup button, select Network Setup, select Print Network Configuration
Page, and then press OK.
This section contains the following topics:
Configure network options
You can manage network settings for the device through the device control panel as
described in the next section. Additional advanced settings are available in the embedded
Web server, a configuration and status tool you access from your Web browser using an
102
Configure and manage
existing network connection to the device. For more information, see Embedded Web
server.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Change basic network settings
Change advanced network settings
Change basic network settings
The control-panel options enable you to set up and manage a wireless connection and
to perform a variety of network management tasks. This includes viewing the network
settings, restoring the network defaults, turning the wireless radio on and off, and
changing the network settings.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
View and print network settings
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)
View and print network settings
You can display a summary of the network settings on the device control panel or the
Network Toolbox. You can print a more detailed network configuration page. The network
configuration page lists all of the important network settings such as the IP address, link
speed, DNS, and mDNS. For information on the network settings, see Understand the
network configuration page.
1. Press the Setup button.
2. Press the arrow keys until Print Report is highlighted, and then press OK.
3. Press the arrow keys unitl Network Settings is highlighted, and then press OK.
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)
The wireless radio is on by default, as indicated by the blue light on the front of the device.
In order to stay connected to a wireless network, the radio must stay on. However, if your
device is connected to a wired network or you have a USB connection, the radio is not
used. In this case you might want to turn the radio off.
1. Press the Setup button.
2. Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, and then press OK.
3. Select Wireless Radio, and then select Yes to turn the radio on, or No to turn the
radio off.
Change advanced network settings
The advanced network settings are provided for your convenience. However, unless you
are an advanced user, you should not change any of these settings. The advanced
settings include Link Speed, IP Settings, and Default Gateway.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Set link speed
To View IP settings
To Change IP settings
Configure network options
103
Chapter 8
Set link speed
You can change the speed at which data is transmitted over the network. The default is
Automatic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the Setup button.
Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
Select Advanced Setup, then select Link Speed.
Press the number next to the link speed that matches your network hardware:
• 1. Automatic
• 2. 10-Full
• 3. 10-Half
• 4. 100-Full
• 5. 100-Half
To View IP settings
To view the IP address of the device:
•
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the
network configuration page.
Or, open the Network Toolbox (Windows), click the Network Settings tab, click the
Wired or Wireless tab (depending on the current connection), and then click IP
Settings.
To Change IP settings
The default IP setting for the IP settings is Automatic, which sets the IP settings
automatically. However, if you are an advanced user, you might want to manually change,
such as the IP address, subnet mask, or the default gateway.
CAUTION: Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. If you enter an invalid
IP address during the installation, your network components will not be able to connect
with the device.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the Setup button.
Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, and then press OK.
Select Advanced Setup, select IP Settings, and then select Manual IP Settings.
Press the number next to the IP setting:
• 1. IP Address
• 2. Subnet Mask
• 3. Default Gateway
5. Enter your changes, and then press OK.
Set up faxing for the device
After completing all the steps in the getting started guide, use the instructions in this
section to complete your fax setup. Keep your getting started guide for later use.
In this section, you will learn how to set up the device so that faxing works successfully
with equipment and services you might already have on the same phone line.
104
Configure and manage
TIP: You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Fax Setup Utility (Mac
OS X) to help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the answer
mode and fax header information. You can access the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows)
or HP Fax Setup Utility (Mac OS X) through the software you installed with the device.
After you run the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Fax Setup Utility (Mac OS X),
follow the procedures in this section to complete your fax setup.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
Serial-type fax setup
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
Before you begin setting up the device for faxing, determine which kind of phone system
your country/region uses. The instructions for fax setup differ depending on whether you
have a serial- or parallel-type phone system.
•
If you do not see your country/region listed in the table below, you probably have a
serial-type phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on your
shared telephone equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines) does not
allow a physical connection to the "2-EXT" port on the device. Instead, all equipment
must be connected at the telephone wall jack.
NOTE: In some countries/regions that use serial-type phone systems, the phone
cord that came with the device might have an additional wall plug attached to it.
This enables you to connect other telecom devices to the wall jack where you plug
in the device.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
•
If your country/region is listed in the table below, you probably have a parallel-type
telephone system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect shared
telephone equipment to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the back of the
device.
NOTE: If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use the
2-wire phone cord supplied with the device to connect it to the telephone wall jack.
Table 8-1 Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system
Argentina
Australia
Brazil
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Greece
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Japan
Korea
Latin America
Malaysia
Mexico
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Set up faxing for the device
105
Chapter 8
Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system (continued)
Singapore
Spain
Taiwan
Thailand
USA
Venezuela
Vietnam
If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check with
your telephone company.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)
Case B: Set up the device with DSL
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line
Case E: Shared voice/fax line
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office
To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any) share
the same phone line with the device. This is important because you might need to connect
some of your existing office equipment directly to the device, and you might also need to
change some fax settings before you can fax successfully.
1. Determine if your telephone system is serial or parallel (see Set up faxing (parallel
phone systems)).
a. Serial-type telephone system — See Serial-type fax setup.
b. Parallel-type telephone system — Go to step 2.
2. Select the combination of equipment and services sharing your fax line.
• DSL: A Digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone company.
(DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)
• PBX: A private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated services
digital network (ISDN) system.
• Distinctive ring service: A distinctive ring service through your telephone company
provides multiple telephone numbers with different ring patterns.
• Voice calls: Voice calls are received at the same phone number you use for fax
calls on the device.
106
Configure and manage
•
Computer dial-up modem: A computer dial-up modem is on the same phone line
as the device. If you answer Yes to any of the following questions, you are using
a computer dial-up modem:
◦ Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software
applications through a dial-up connection?
◦ Do you send and receive e-mail messages on your computer through a dialup connection?
◦ Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?
• Answering machine: An answering machine that answers voice calls at the same
phone number you use for fax calls on the device.
• Voice mail service: A voice mail subscription through your telephone company at
the same number you use for fax calls on the device.
3. From the following table, choose the combination of equipment and services
applicable to your home or office setting. Then look up the recommended fax setup.
Step-by-step instructions are included for each case in the sections that follow.
NOTE: If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the device
as you would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the phone cord supplied in
the box to connect one end to your telephone wall jack and the other end to the port
labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device. If you use another phone cord, you might
experience problems sending and receiving faxes.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line
DSL
PBX
Distinct
ive ring
service
Voice
calls
Computer
dial-up
modem
Answering
machine
Voice
mail
service
Recommended fax
setup
Case A: Separate fax
line (no voice calls
received)
Case B: Set up the
device with DSL
Case C: Set up the
device with a PBX
phone system or an
ISDN line
Case D: Fax with a
distinctive ring
service on the same
line
Case E: Shared
voice/fax line
Case F: Shared
voice/fax line with
voice mail
Set up faxing for the device
107
Chapter 8
(continued)
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line
DSL
PBX
Distinct
ive ring
service
Voice
calls
Computer
dial-up
modem
Answering
machine
Voice
mail
service
Recommended fax
setup
Case G: Fax line
shared with computer
modem (no voice
calls received)
Case H: Shared
voice/fax line with
computer modem
Case I: Shared voice/
fax line with
answering machine
Case J: Shared
voice/fax line with
computer modem
and answering
machine
Case K: Shared
voice/fax line with
computer dial-up
modem and voice
mail
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)
If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have no
other equipment connected on this phone line, set up the device as described in this
section.
Figure 8-1 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
108
Configure and manage
To set up the device with a separate fax line
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
3. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
4. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device answers automatically after the number of rings you
set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the
sending fax machine and receives the fax.
Case B: Set up the device with DSL
If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, and do not connect any
equipment to the device, use the instructions in this section to connect a DSL filter
between the telephone wall jack and the device. The DSL filter removes the digital signal
that can interfere with the device, so the device can communicate properly with the phone
line. (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)
NOTE: If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you will not be
able to send and receive faxes with the device.
Figure 8-2 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
DSL (or ADSL) filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider
3
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
Set up faxing for the device
109
Chapter 8
To set up the device with DSL
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the
open port on the DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE
on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from
the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
As only one phone cord is supplied, you might need to obtain additional phone
cords for this setup.
3. Connect an additional phone cord from the DSL filter to the telephone wall jack.
4. Run a fax test.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line
If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter, make
sure you do the following:
•
If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the
device to the port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make sure that the
terminal adapter is set to the correct switch type for your country/region, if possible.
NOTE: Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific phone
equipment. For example, you might have assigned one port for telephone and
Group 3 fax and another port for multiple purposes. If you have problems when
connected to the fax/phone port of your ISDN converter, try using the port
designated for multiple purposes; it might be labeled "multi-combi" or something
similar.
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."
NOTE: Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to "on"
by default. The call waiting tone will interfere with any fax transmission, and you
will not be able to send or receive faxes with the device. Refer to the
documentation that came with your PBX phone system for instructions on how to
turn off the call-waiting tone.
110
Configure and manage
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before dialing
the fax number.
Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device. If you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone
cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
If the supplied phone cord is too short, you can purchase a coupler from your local
electronics store and extend it.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
•
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line
If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that allows
you to have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different ring pattern,
set up the device as described in this section.
Figure 8-3 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device with a distinctive ring service
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
Set up faxing for the device
111
Chapter 8
3. Change the Distinctive Ring setting to match the pattern that the telephone company
assigned to your fax number.
NOTE: By default, the device is set to answer all ring patterns. If you do not set
the Distinctive Ring to match the ring pattern assigned to your fax number, the
device might answer both voice calls and fax calls or it might not answer at all.
4. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
5. Run a fax test.
The device automatically answers incoming calls that have the ring pattern you selected
(Distinctive Ring setting) after the number of rings you selected (Rings to Answer
setting). The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine and
receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case E: Shared voice/fax line
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have no
other office equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up the device as described
in this section.
Figure 8-4 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
112
Configure and manage
Telephone (optional)
To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
2. Do one of the following:
• If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port
labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.
• If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly on top
of the device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.
3. Now you need to decide how you want the device to answer calls, automatically or
manually:
• If you set up the device to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming
calls and receives faxes. The device will not be able to distinguish between fax
and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need to
answer it before the device answers the call. To set up the device to answer calls
automatically, turn on the Auto Answer setting.
• If you set up the device to answer faxes manually, you must be available to
respond in person to incoming fax calls or the device cannot receive faxes. To
set up the device to answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.
4. Run a fax test.
If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a
sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also
subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up the device as
described in this section.
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at
the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this
means you must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want
to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe
to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a separate phone line for faxing.
Set up faxing for the device
113
Chapter 8
Figure 8-5 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
"1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device with voice mail
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
2. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.
3. Run a fax test.
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot
receive faxes. You must initiate the manual fax before voicemail picks up the line.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)
If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a computer
modem connected on this line, set up the device as described in this section.
114
Configure and manage
NOTE: If you have a computer dial-up modem, your computer dial-up modem shares
the phone line with the device. You will not be able to use both your modem and the
device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the device for faxing while you
are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
•
•
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem
If you are using the same phone line for sending faxes and for a computer dial-up modem,
follow these directions for setting up the device.
Figure 8-6 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
"1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
Computer with modem
To set up the device with a computer dial-up modem
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer
dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall
jack and plug it into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
Set up faxing for the device
115
Chapter 8
4. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn
off that setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem
software, the device will not be able to receive faxes.
5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
6. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
7. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you
set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the
sending fax machine and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
If you have a DSL line and use that phone line to send faxes, follow these instructions to
set up your fax.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Parallel splitter
3
DSL/ADSL filter
Connect one end of the phone jack that was supplied with the device to
connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of the device. Connect the other
end of the cord to the DSL/ADSL filter.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
116
4
Computer
5
Computer DSL/ADSL modem
Configure and manage
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter,
a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug
on the back.
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
2. Using the phone cord provided in the box with the device, connect one end to the
DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of
the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the back of
the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.
Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.
Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.
Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you
set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the
sending fax machine and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have
a computer modem connected on this phone line, set up the device as described in this
section.
NOTE: Since your computer modem shares the phone line with the device, you
cannot use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot
use the device for faxing while you are using your computer modem to send an e-mail
or access the Internet.
•
•
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem
If you use your phone line for both fax and telephone calls, use these instructions to set
up your fax.
Set up faxing for the device
117
Chapter 8
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number
of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has
one or two phone ports.
•
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the
front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial
splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the
back.)
Figure 8-7 Example of a parallel splitter
•
If your computer has one phone port, set up the device as described below.
Figure 8-8 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord provided with the device plugged into the 1-LINE port on the
back of the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
Parallel splitter
4
Computer
5
Telephone
To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with one phone port
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer
dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall
jack and plug it into the parallel splitter.
3. Connect a phone cord from the parallel splitter to the port labeled 2-EXT on the back
of the device.
118
Configure and manage
4. Connect a phone to the parallel splitter.
5. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
6. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn
off that setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem
software, the HP device will not be able to receive faxes.
7. Now you need to decide how you want the device to answer calls, automatically or
manually:
• If you set up the device to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming
calls and receives faxes. The device will not be able to distinguish between fax
and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need to
answer it before the device answers the call. To set up the device to answer calls
automatically, turn on the Auto Answer setting.
• If you set up the device to answer faxes manually, you must be available to
respond in person to incoming fax calls or the device cannot receive faxes. To
set up the device to answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.
8. Run a fax test.
NOTE: If your computer has two telephone ports on the back, you do not need to
use a parallel splitter. You can plug the telephone into the “OUT” port on the computer
dial-up modem.
If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a
sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.
If you use your phone line for voice, fax, and your computer dial-up modem, follow these
directions to set up your fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Set up faxing for the device
119
Chapter 8
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem
Use these instructions if your computer has a DSL/ADSL modem
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Parallel splitter
3
DSL/ADSL filter
4
Phone cord supplied with the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
5
DSL/ADSL modem
6
Computer
7
Telephone
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter,
a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug
on the back.
120
Configure and manage
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number
with DSL service will need to be connected to additional DSL filters, otherwise
you will experience noise when making voice calls.
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the devices, connect one end to the
DSL filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the
device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone is different from
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
3. If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled
2-EXT on the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.
4. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.
5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.
6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.
7. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you
set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the
sending fax machine and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have
an answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up the device
as described in this section.
Figure 8-9 Back view of the device
Set up faxing for the device
121
Chapter 8
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord provided to connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of
the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided
for your country/region.
3
Answering machine
4
Telephone (optional)
To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the
port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax
tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine,
and you probably will not be able to receive faxes with the device.
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
4. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience
you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the
"OUT" port.
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone,
you can purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect
both the answering machine and telephone to the device. You can use standard
phone cords for these connections.
5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
6. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.
7. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of rings
supported by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)
8. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you
have set, and then plays your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this
time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device emits fax
reception tones and receives the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring
the line and your answering machine can record a voice message.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
122
Configure and manage
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have
a computer modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set up the HP
device as described in this section.
NOTE: Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the HP
device, you cannot use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For
example, you cannot use the HP device for faxing while you are using your computer
dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
•
•
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine
There are two different ways to set the HP device with your computer based on the
number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see
if it has one or two phone ports.
•
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter,
as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and two RJ-11
ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)
Figure 8-10 Example of a parallel splitter
•
If your computer has one phone port, set up the HP device as described below.
Figure 8-11 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Telephone cord connected to the parallel splitter
3
Parallel splitter
4
Telephone (optional)
Set up faxing for the device
123
Chapter 8
5
Answering machine
6
Computer with modem
7
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
"1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with one phone port
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the HP device.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer
dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall
jack and plug it into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
3. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the
port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax
tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine,
and you might not be able to receive faxes with the device.
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the HP device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the HP device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
5. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience
you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the
"OUT" port.
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone,
you can purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect
both the answering machine and telephone to the device. You can use standard
phone cords for these connections.
6. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn
off that setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem
software, the device will not be able to receive faxes.
7. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
8. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.
124
Configure and manage
9. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the HP device to the maximum number of
rings supported by your HP device. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/
region.)
10. Run a fax test.
NOTE: If you are using a computer with two telephone ports, you do not need a
parallel splitter. You can plug the answering machine into the “OUT” port on the
back of the computer.
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you
have set, and then plays your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this
time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device emits fax
reception tones and receives the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring
the line and your answering machine can record a voice message.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Parallel splitter
3
DSL/ADSL filter
4
Phone cord provided with the device connected to the 1-LINE port on the
back of the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
5
DSL/ADSL modem
6
Computer
7
Answering machine
8
Telephone (optional)
Set up faxing for the device
125
Chapter 8
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter,
a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug
on the back.
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
1. Obtain a DSL/ADSL filter from your DSL/ADSL provider.
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number
with DSL/ADSL service will need to be connected to additional DSL/ADSL filters,
otherwise you will experience noise when making voice calls.
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the
DSL/ADSL filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL/ADSL filter to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
3. Connect the DSL/ADSL filter to the splitter.
4. Unplug the answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the
port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax
tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine,
and you probably will not be able to receive faxes with the device.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.
Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.
Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.
Change your Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of rings
supported by the device.
NOTE: The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.
9. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings you
have set, and then play your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this
time, “listening” for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device will emit fax
reception tones and receive the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring
the line and your answering machine can record a voice message.
If you use the same phone line for telephone, fax, and have a computer DSL modem,
follow these instructions to set up your fax.
126
Configure and manage
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a computer
dial-up modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail service through
your telephone company, set up the device as described in this section.
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at
the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this
means you must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want
to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe
to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a separate phone line for faxing.
Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the device, you cannot
use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the
device for faxing if you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or
access the Internet.
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number
of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has
one or two phone ports.
•
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the
front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial
splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the
back.)
Figure 8-12 Example of a parallel splitter
•
If your computer has two phone ports, set up the device as described below.
Figure 8-13 Back view of the device
Set up faxing for the device
127
Chapter 8
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
Parallel splitter
4
Computer with modem
5
Telephone
To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer
dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall
jack and plug it into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back
of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the
device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is
different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.
5. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn
off that setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem
software, the device will not be able to receive faxes.
6. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.
7. Run a fax test.
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot
receive faxes.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your
local service provider or vendor for further assistance.
Serial-type fax setup
For information on setting up the device for faxing using a serial-type phone system, see
the Fax Configuration Web site for your country/region.
128
Austria
www.hp.com/at/faxconfig
Germany
www.hp.com/de/faxconfig
Configure and manage
(continued)
Switzerland (French)
www.hp.com/ch/fr/faxconfig
Switzerland (German)
www.hp.com/ch/de/faxconfig
United Kingdom
www.hp.com/uk/faxconfig
Finland
www.hp.fi/faxconfig
Denmark
www.hp.dk/faxconfig
Sweden
www.hp.se/faxconfig
Norway
www.hp.no/faxconfig
Netherlands
www.hp.nl/faxconfig
Belgium (Dutch)
www.hp.be/nl/faxconfig
Belguim (French)
www.hp.be/fr/faxconfig
Portugal
www.hp.pt/faxconfig
Spain
www.hp.es/faxconfig
France
www.hp.com/fr/faxconfig
Ireland
www.hp.com/ie/faxconfig
Italy
www.hp.com/it/faxconfig
Configure the device (Windows)
NOTE: Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher must be installed on the computer
system to run the installation program.
In addition, you must have administrator privileges to install a printer driver on
Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Vista.
When setting up the device, HP recommends that you connect it after you install the
software because the installation program is designed to provide you with the easiest
setup experience. However, if you have connected the cable first, see Connect the device
before installing the software.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Direct connection
Network connection
Direct connection
You can connect the device directly to your computer using a USB cable.
NOTE: If you install the device software and connect the device to a computer
running Windows, you can connect additional devices to the same computer with USB
cables without reinstalling the device software.
When setting up the device, HP recommends that you connect the device after you install
the software because the installation program is designed to provide you with the easiest
Configure the device (Windows)
129
Chapter 8
setup experience. However, if you have connected the cable first, see Connect the device
before installing the software.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Install the software before connecting the device (recommended)
Connect the device before installing the software
Share the device on a locally shared network
Install the software before connecting the device (recommended)
To install the software
1. Close any applications that are running.
2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. The CD menu runs automatically. If the CD
menu does not start automatically, double-click the setup icon on the Starter CD.
3. On the CD menu, click Install USB-Connected Device or Install Network/Wireless
Device and follow the onscreen instructions.
4. When prompted, turn on the device and connect it to the computer using a USB cable.
The Found New Hardware wizard appears on the computer screen, and the device
icon is created in the Printers folder.
NOTE: You may connect the USB cable at a later time when you need to use the
device.
You can also share the device with other computers using a simple form of networking
known as locally shared networking. For more information, see Share the device on
a locally shared network.
Connect the device before installing the software
If you connected the device to the computer before installing the device software, the
Found New Hardware wizard displays on the computer screen.
NOTE: If you turned on the device, do not turn it off or unplug the cable from the
device while the installation program is running. If you do so, the installation program
will not finish.
To connect the device
1. In the Found New Hardware dialog box that displays methods for locating the printer
driver, select the Advanced option, and then click Next.
NOTE: Do not allow the Found New Hardware wizard to perform an automatic
search for the printer driver.
2. Select the check box for specifying the driver location, and ensure that the other check
boxes are clear.
3. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. If the CD menu appears, close it.
4. Browse to locate the root directory on the Starter CD (for example, D), and then click
OK.
5. Click Next and follow the onscreen instructions.
130
Configure and manage
6. Click Finish to close the Found New Hardware wizard. The wizard automatically
starts the installation program (this might take a short while).
7. Complete the installation process.
NOTE: You can also share the device with other computers using a simple form of
networking known as locally shared networking. For more information, see Share the
device on a locally shared network.
Share the device on a locally shared network
In a locally shared network, the device is connected directly to the USB connector of a
selected computer (known as the server) and is shared by other computers (clients).
NOTE: When sharing a directly connected device, use the computer with the newest
operating system as the server. For example, if you have a computer running
Windows XP and another computer running an older version of Windows, use the
computer running Windows XP as the server.
Use this configuration only in small groups or when usage is low. The connected
computer is slowed down when many users print to the device.
Only the printing function is shared. Scan and Copy functions are not shared.
To share the device
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. Right-click the device icon, click Properties, and then click the Sharing tab.
3. Click the option to share the device, and give it a share name.
4. To share the device with client computers that use other versions of Windows, click
Additional Drivers to install those drivers as a convenience to the users. You must
have the Starter CD in your CD drive.
Network connection
If the device has network capability, it can be shared in a network environment by
connecting it directly to the network. This type of connection offers the ability to manage
the device using the embedded Web server from any computer on the network.
NOTE: Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0, or higher, must be installed on the computer
system to run the installation program.
Configure the device (Windows)
131
Chapter 8
Choose the installation option for the type of network you have:
•
•
Client/server network: If your network has a computer acting as a dedicated print
server, install the device software on the server, and then install the device software
on the client computers. For more information see To install the device on a
network and To install the device software on client computers. This method does not
allow you to share the full functionality of the device. Client computers can only print
from the device.
Peer-to-peer network: If you have a peer-to-peer network (a network without a
dedicated print server), install the software on the computers that will be using the
device. For more information, see To install the device on a network.
In addition, you can connect to a network printer on both types of networks using the Add
Printer wizard in Windows. For more information, see To install the printer driver using
Add Printer.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
To install the device on a network
To install the device software on client computers
To install the printer driver using Add Printer
To install the device on a network
Use the following steps to install the device software in the following networking
scenarios:
You have a peer-to-peer network (a network without a dedicated print server)
1. Remove the protective cover from the device's network port and connect the device
to the network.
2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. The CD menu starts automatically. If the CD
menu does not start automatically, browse to the CD drive of the computer and
double-click Setup.exe.
3. Click Install USB-Connected Device or Install Network/Wireless device.
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation.
NOTE: To share the device with Windows client computers, see To install the device
software on client computers and Share the device on a locally shared network.
To install the device software on client computers
After printer drivers are installed on the computer that is acting as the print server, the
printing functionality can be shared. Individual Windows users who want to use the
network device must install the software on their computers (clients).
A client computer can connect to the device in the following ways:
•
•
•
132
In the Printers folder, double-click the Add Printer icon and follow the instructions for
a network installation. For more information, see To install the printer driver using Add
Printer.
On the network, browse to the device and drag it to your Printers folder.
Add the device and install the software from the INF file on your network. On the
Starter CD, the INF files are stored in the root directory of the CD.
Configure and manage
To install the printer driver using Add Printer
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. Double-click Add Printer, and then click Next.
3. Select Network Printer or Network Printer Server.
4. Click Next.
5. Do one of the following:
Type in the network path or queue name of the shared device, and then click Next.
Click Have Disk when prompted to select the device model.
Click Next and locate the device in the list of shared printers.
6. Click Next and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation.
Configure the device (Mac OS X)
You can use the device with a single Macintosh computer using a USB cable, or you can
share it among other users on a network.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Install the software for network or direct connection
Share the device on a locally shared network
Install the software for network or direct connection
To install the software for a direct connection
1. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive.
2. Double-click HP Installer and follow the onscreen instructions.
3. When prompted, connect the device to your computer with a USB cable.
4. If necessary, share the device with other Macintosh computer users.
• Direct connection: Share the device with the other Macintosh computer users.
For more information, see Share the device on a locally shared network.
• Network connection: Individual Macintosh computer users who want to use the
device on the network must install the device software on their computers.
To install the software for a network connection
1. Remove the protective cover from the device's network port and connect the device
to the network.
2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive.
3. Double-click HP Installer, and then follow the onscreen instructions.
4. On the Connection Type screen, select Wired network/Wireless, and then click
Next.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation.
Share the device on a locally shared network
When you connect the device directly, you can share it with other computers using a
simple form of networking known as Printer Sharing. Use this Printer Sharing only in small
Configure the device (Mac OS X)
133
Chapter 8
groups or when usage is low. The connected computer is slowed down when many users
print to the device.
Basic requirements for sharing in Mac OS X environment include the following items:
•
•
•
The Macintosh computers must be communicating on the network using TCP/IP, and
they must have IP addresses. (AppleTalk is not supported.)
The device that is being shared must be connected to a built-in USB port on the host
Macintosh computer.
Both the host Macintosh computer and the client Macintosh computers that are using
the shared device must have the driver or PPD for the device that is installed. (You
can run the installation program to install the device sharing software and associated
Help files.)
For more information about USB device sharing, see the support information on the Apple
Web site (www.apple.com) or the Apple Macintosh Help on the computer.
NOTE: Printer Sharing is supported in Mac OS X (v10.4 and higher).
NOTE: Printer Sharing must be enabled on the host and client computers. Open
System Preferences, select Sharing, and then click Printer Sharing.
To share the device among computers running Mac OS X
1. Turn on printer sharing on all Macintosh computers (host and clients) that are
connected to the printer.
Open System Preferences, click Print & Fax, select the printer you want to share
from the list on the left, and then check Share this printer.
2. To print from the other Macintosh computers (the clients) on the network, do the
following:
a. Click File, and then select Page Setup in the document you want to print.
b. In the drop-down menu next to Format for, select Shared Printers, and then
select your device.
c. Select the Paper Size, and then click OK.
d. In the document, click File, and then select Print.
e. From the drop-down menu next to Printer, select Shared Printers, and then
select your device.
f. Make additional settings, if necessary, and then click Print.
Set up the device for wireless communication (some
models only)
You may set up the device for wireless communication using one of the following ways:
Setup method
USB cable (recommended)
For more information, see To set up wireless
communication using the installer (Mac OS X) or To
134
Configure and manage
Infrastructure
wireless
communication
Ad hoc wireless
communication*
(continued)
set up wireless communication using the installer
(Windows).
Network Toolbox
NOTE: If you encounter problems, see Solve wireless problems (some models
only).
Make sure the device is not connected to the network using a network cable.
The sending device must have built-in 802.11 capabilities or an 802.11 wireless card
installed.
The device and the computers that use it must be on the same subnet.
Before installing the device software, you may wish to find out the settings of your network.
Obtain the information from your system administrators, or complete the following tasks:
•
•
•
Obtain your network's network name or Service Set Identifier (SSID) and
communication mode (infrastructure or ad hoc) from the configuration utility for the
network's wireless access point (WAP) or the computer's network card.
Find out the type of encryption your network uses, such as Wired Equivalent Privacy
(WEP).
Find out the security password or encryption key of the wireless device.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup
wizard
To turn off wireless communication
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices
Change the connection method
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings
Network name (SSID)
By default, the device looks for the wireless network name or SSID named "hpsetup."
Your network may have a different SSID.
Communication mode
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
135
Chapter 8
There are two communication mode options:
•
•
Ad hoc: On an ad hoc network, the device is set to ad hoc communication mode and
communicates directly with other wireless devices without the use of a wireless
access point, such as a wireless router or Apple AirPort Base Station.
All devices on the ad hoc network must:
◦ Be 802.11 compatible
◦ Have ad hoc as the communication mode
◦ Have the same network name (SSID)
◦ Be on the same subnet and same channel
◦ Have the same 802.11 security settings
Infrastructure (recommended): On an infrastructure network, the device is set to
infrastructure communication mode and communicates with other devices on the
network, whether the devices are wired or wireless, through a wireless access point,
such as a router or Apple AirPort Base Station.
Security settings
NOTE: For the available settings for the device, see Understand the network
configuration page.
For more information on wireless security, visit www.wifi.org.
•
•
136
Network authentication: The device's factory default setting is 'Open,' which does
not require security for authorization or encryption. The other possible values are
'OpenThenShared,' 'Shared,' and 'WPA-PSK' (Wi-Fi® Protected Access Pre-Shared
Key).
WPA increases the level of over-the-air data protection and access control on existing
and future Wi-Fi networks. It addresses all known weaknesses of WEP, the original
native security mechanism in the 802.11 standard.
WPA2 is the second generation of WPA security; it provides enterprise and consumer
Wi-Fi users with a high level of assurance that only authorized users can access their
wireless networks.
Data encryption:
◦ Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) provides security by encrypting data sent over
radio waves from one wireless device to another wireless device. Devices on a
WEP-enabled network use WEP keys to encode data. If your network uses WEP,
you must know the WEP key(s) it uses.
◦ WPA uses the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for encryption and employs
802.1X authentication with one of the standard Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP) types available today.
◦ WPA2 provides a new encryption scheme, the Advanced Encryption Standard
(AES). AES is defined in counter cipher-block chaining mode (CCM) and supports
the Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS) to enable security between client
workstations operating in ad hoc mode.
Configure and manage
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)
NOTE: For this method, you will need to have a wireless network set up and running.
You will also need a USB cable. Do not attach the USB cable until prompted by the
installer.
1. Save any open documents. Close any applications that are running on your computer.
2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. The CD menu runs automatically. If the CD
menu does not start automatically, double-click the setup icon on the Starter CD.
3. On the CD menu, click Install Network/Wireless Device, and then follow the
onscreen instructions.
NOTE: If the firewall software on your computer displays any messages during
the installation, select the “always permit/allow“ option in the messages. Selecting
this option allows the software to install successfully on your computer.
4. When prompted, temporarily connect the USB wireless setup cable.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation.
6. Disconnect the USB wireless setup cable when prompted.
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)
1. Connect a USB wireless setup cable to the port on the back of the HP device and
then to any USB port on the computer.
2. Place the Starter CD into the computer.
3. Double-click the HP Installer icon on the Starter CD, and then follow the onscreen
instructions.
4. Disconnect the USB wireless setup cable when prompted.
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless
setup wizard
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to set up and manage a wireless
connection to your device.
NOTE: To use this method, you must have a wireless network set up and running.
1. Set up the device hardware (see the getting started guide or the setup poster that
came with your device).
2. On the device control panel, press the Setup button.
3. Press an arrow button to move to Network Settings, and then press OK.
4. Press an arrow button to move to Wireless Setup Wizard, and then press OK.
5. Follow the display instructions to complete the setup.
To turn off wireless communication
Device control panel: Press Setup, then select Network Setup, then select Wireless
Radio, and then select either On or Off.
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
137
Chapter 8
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection
Method 1
1. Turn on wireless in your computer and in the device.
2. On your computer, connect to the network name (SSID) “hpsetup“. (This network
name is the default, ad hoc network created by the HP device.)
NOTE: If your HP device was previously configured for a different network, you
can restore the network defaults to enable the device to use “hpsetup“. To restore
the network defaults complete the following steps:
Reset the administrator password and network settings: Select Setup, select
Network, and then select Restore Network Defaults. For more information, see
General troubleshooting tips and resources.
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network
The following tips will help reduce the chances for interference in a wireless network:
•
•
•
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large metal objects, such as filing cabinets, and
other electromagnetic devices, such as microwaves and cordless telephones, as
these objects can disrupt radio signals.
Keep the wireless devices away from large masonry structures and other building
structures as these objects can absorb radio waves and lower signal strength.
For an infrastructure network, position the WAP in a central location in line of sight
with the wireless devices on the network.
Keep all wireless devices on the network within range of one another.
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices
A personal firewall, which is security software running on your computer, can block
network communication between your HP device and your computer.
If you are having problems such as:
•
•
•
•
Printer not found when installing HP software
Unable to print, print job stuck in queue or printer goes offline
Scan communication errors or scanner busy messages
Unable to see printer status on your computer
The firewall might be preventing your HP device from notifying computers on your network
where it can be found. If the HP software cannot find the HP device during installation
(and you know the HP device is on the network), or you have already successfully
installed HP software and experience problems, try the following:
1. If you are using a computer running Windows, in the firewall configuration utility, look
for an option to trust computers on the local subnet (sometimes called the “scope“ or
“zone“). By trusting all computers on the local subnet, computers and devices in your
office can communicate with each other while still being protected from the internet.
This is the easiest approach to use.
2. If you do not have the option to trust computers on the local subnet, add incoming
UDP port 427 to your firewall’s list of allowed ports.
138
Configure and manage
NOTE: Not all firewalls require you to differentiate between incoming and outgoing
ports, but some do.
Another common problem is that HP software is not recognized as a trusted device by
your firewall to access the network. This can happen if you answered “block“ to any
firewall dialog boxes that appeared when you installed the HP software.
If this occurs, and if you are using a computer running Windows, check that the following
programs are in your firewall’s list of trusted applications; add any that are missing.
•
•
•
•
•
hpqkygrp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqscnvw.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqste08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqtra08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqthb08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
NOTE: Refer to your firewall documentation on how to configure the firewall port
settings and how to add HP files to the “trusted“ list.
NOTE: Some firewalls continue to cause interference even after you disable them.
If you continue to have problems after configuring the firewall as described above and
if you are using a computer running Windows, you might need to uninstall the firewall
software in order to use the HP device over the network.
Change the connection method
If you have installed the software and connected your HP device using a USB or Ethernet
cable, you can change to a wireless connection any time you want.
Change from a USB connection to a wireless connection (Windows)
1. Select Start, Programs, HP, select your device, and then select Change
Connection Method.
2. Press Add a Device.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions and remove the USB cable when prompted.
Change from a USB connection to a wireless connection (Mac OS X)
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon on the Dock or in the Hewlett Packard folder in
the Applications folder.
2. From the Information and Settings list, select Network Printer Setup Utility.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the network settings.
Change from an Ethernet connection to a wireless connection
NOTE: For Ethernet-enabled HP devices only.
1. Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded Web
server.
2. Click the Networking tab, and then click Wireless (802.11) in the left pane.
3. On the Wireless Setup tab, press Start Wizard.
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
139
Chapter 8
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to change from an Ethernet connection to a wireless
connection.
5. After you finish changing the settings, disconnect the Ethernet cable.
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
To add hardware addresses to a WAP
Other guidelines
To add hardware addresses to a WAP
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a WAP is configured with a list of MAC
addresses (also called "hardware addresses") of devices that are allowed to gain access
to the network through the WAP.
If the WAP does not have the hardware address of a device attempting to access the
network, the WAP denies the device access to the network.
If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the device's MAC address must be added to the
WAP's list of accepted MAC addresses.
1. Print the network configuration page. For information on the network configuration
page, see Understand the network configuration page.
2. Open the WAP's configuration utility, and add the device's hardware address to the
list of accepted MAC addresses.
Other guidelines
To keep the wireless network secure, follow these guidelines:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
140
Use a password with at least 20 random characters. You can use up to 63 characters
in a WPA password.
Avoid any common words or phrases, easy sequences of characters (such as all 1s),
and personally-identifiable information for passwords. Always use random strings
composed of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and if allowed, special
characters such as punctuation.
Change the password periodically.
Change the default password provided by the manufacturer for administrator access
to the access point or wireless router. Some routers let you change the administrator
name as well.
Turn off administrative access over wireless if possible. If you do this, you need to
connect to the router with a wired Ethernet connection when you want to make
configuration changes.
Turn off remote administrative access over the Internet on your router, if possible.
You can use Remote Desktop to make an encrypted connection to a computer
running behind your router and make configuration changes from the local computer
you are accessing over the Internet.
To avoid accidentally connecting to another party's wireless network, turn off the
setting to automatically connect to non-preferred networks. This is disabled by default
in Windows XP.
Configure and manage
Uninstall and reinstall the software
If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to the computer before
prompted by the software installation screen, you might need to uninstall and then
reinstall the software. Do not simply delete the device application files from your
computer. Make sure to remove them properly using the uninstall utility provided when
you installed the software that came with the device.
There are three methods to uninstall the software on a Windows computer, and one
method to uninstall on a Macintosh computer.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1
1. Disconnect the device from your computer. Do not connect it to your computer until
after you have reinstalled the software.
2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Programs or All Programs, select HP,
select Officejet 6500 E709 Series, and then click Uninstall.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.
4. If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.
Other programs that use these files might not work properly if the files are deleted.
5. Restart your computer.
6. To reinstall the software, insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-ROM
drive, follow the onscreen instructions, and also see Install the software before
connecting the device (recommended).
7. Connect the device when the software prompts you to connect it to the computer.
8. Press the Power button to turn the device on.
After connecting and turning on the device, you might have to wait several minutes
for all of the Plug and Play events to complete.
9. Follow the onscreen instructions.
When the software installation is complete, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon appears
in the Windows system tray.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Settings, select Control Panel, and then
click Add/Remove Programs.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Programs and Features.
2. Select HP Officejet 6500 E709 Series, and then click Change/Remove or Uninstall/
Change.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
3. Disconnect the device from your computer.
Uninstall and reinstall the software
141
Chapter 8
4. Restart your computer.
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your
computer. Do not connect the device to your computer until after you have
reinstalled the software.
5. Insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-ROM drive and then start the
Setup program.
6. Follow the onscreen instructions and also see Install the software before connecting
the device (recommended).
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 3
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.
1. Insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-ROM drive, and then start the
Setup program.
2. Disconnect the device from your computer.
3. Select Uninstall and follow the onscreen directions.
4. Restart your computer.
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your
computer. Do not connect the device to your computer until after you have
reinstalled the software.
5. Start the Setup program for the device again.
6. Select Install.
7. Follow the onscreen instructions and also see Install the software before connecting
the device (recommended).
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 1
1. Launch HP Device Manager.
2. Click Information and Settings.
3. Select Uninstall HP AiO Software from the pull-down menu.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
4. After the software is uninstalled, restart your computer.
5. To reinstall the software, insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-ROM
drive.
6. On the desktop, open the CD-ROM, and then double-click HP All-in-One Installer.
7. Follow the onscreen instructions and also see Install the software for network or direct
connection.
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 2
1. Open the Finder.
2. Double-click Applications.
3. Double-click Hewlett-Packard.
4. Select your device, and then double-click Uninstall.
142
Configure and manage
9
Maintain and troubleshoot
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Work with ink cartridges
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Clean the device
General troubleshooting tips and resources
Solve printing problems
Print troubleshooting
Print quality troubleshooting
Solve paper-feed problems
Solve copy problems
Solve scan problems
Solve fax problems
Solve network problems
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
Solve photo (memory card) problems
Solve device management problems
Troubleshoot installation issues
Clear jams
Errors
Work with ink cartridges
To ensure the best print quality from the HP all-in-one, you will need to perform some
simple maintenance procedures. This section provides guidelines for handling the ink
cartridges, instructions for replacing the ink cartridges, and aligning and cleaning the
printhead.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Information on ink cartridges and the printhead
Check the estimated ink levels
Replace the ink cartridges
Advanced ink cartridge maintenance
Advanced printhead maintenance
Usage information collection
Maintain and troubleshoot
143
Chapter 9
Information on ink cartridges and the printhead
The following tips help maintain HP ink cartridges and ensure consistent print quality.
•
•
Make sure you follow the instructions in the setup poster for installing the ink supplies
for the first time. The instructions in this user guide are for replacing ink cartridges,
and are not intended for first time installation.
If you need to replace an ink cartridge, wait until you have the new ink cartridge
available to install before removing the old cartridge.
CAUTION: Wait until you have a new ink cartridge available before removing
the old ink cartridge. Do not leave the ink cartridge outside of the product for an
extended period of time. This can result in damage to both the product and the
ink cartridge.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Keep all ink cartridges in the original sealed packages until they are needed.
Store ink cartridges in the same orientation packages hang on store shelves or, if out
of box, with label facing down.
Turn off the HP all-in-one by pressing the Power button located on the product. Wait
until the Power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a power
strip. If you improperly turn off the HP all-in-one, the print carriage might not return to
the correct position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality issues.
Store ink cartridges at room temperature (15-35° C or 59-95° F).
You do not need to replace the cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable,
but a significant decrease in print quality may be the result of one or more depleted
cartridges. It could also be caused by a clogged printhead. Possible solutions include
checking the estimated ink levels remaining in the cartridges, and cleaning the
printhead. Cleaning the printhead will use some ink.
Do not clean the printhead unnecessarily. This wastes ink and shortens the life of the
cartridges.
Handle ink cartridges carefully. Dropping, jarring, or rough handling during installation
can cause temporary printing problems.
If you are transporting the product, do the following to prevent ink leaking from the
print carriage or other damage from occurring to the product:
◦ Make sure you turn off the product by pressing the Power button.
The print carriage should be parked on the right side in the service station.
◦ Make sure you leave the ink cartridges and printhead installed.
◦ Lightly pack the inside of the product with crumpled newspaper to prevent the
print carriage from moving during transportation.
◦ The product must be transported sitting flat; it should not be placed its side, back,
front, or top.
Related topics
• Check the estimated ink levels
• Clean the printhead
Check the estimated ink levels
You can check the estimated ink levels from the HP Solution Center, Toolbox (Windows),
the HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X), or the embedded Web server. For information about
144
Maintain and troubleshoot
using these tools, see Use device management tools. You can also print the Printer Status
page to view this information (see Understand the printer status page).
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not have to replace the cartridges until the
print quality is unacceptable.
NOTE: If you have installed a refilled or remanufactured cartridge, or a cartridge that
has been used in another printer, the ink level indicator might be inaccurate or
unavailable.
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different
ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the product and cartridges
for printing, and in printhead servicing, which keeps print nozzles clear and ink flowing
smoothly. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more
information, see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.
Replace the ink cartridges
Follow these instructions when you need to replace ink cartridges.
NOTE: If you are setting up the product for the first time, make sure you follow the
instructions in the setup poster for installing the ink supplies.
For information on recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling
program.
If you do not already have replacement ink cartridges for the HP all-in-one, to order
cartridges, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted, choose your country/region,
follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one of the shopping links on the
page.
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.
CAUTION: Wait until you have a new ink cartridge available before removing the
old ink cartridge. Do not leave the ink cartridge outside of the product for an extended
period of time. This can result in damage to both the product and the ink cartridge.
To replace the ink cartridges
1. Make sure the product is turned on.
2. Open the ink cartridge access door.
The print carriage moves to the center of the product.
NOTE: Wait until the print carriage stops moving before proceeding.
Work with ink cartridges
145
Chapter 9
3. Press the tab on the front of the ink cartridge to release it, and then remove it from
the slot.
4. Remove the new ink cartridge from its packaging by pulling the orange pull-tab
straight back to remove the plastic wrap from the ink cartridge.
NOTE: Make sure you remove the plastic wrap from the ink cartridge before
installing it in the product, or printing will fail.
146
Maintain and troubleshoot
5. Twist the orange cap to snap it off.
6. Using the colored shaped icons for help, slide the ink cartridge into the empty slot
until it clicks into place and is seated firmly in the slot.
CAUTION: Do not lift the latch handle on the print carriage to install the ink
cartridges. Doing so can result in incorrectly seated ink cartridges and printing
problems. The latch must remain down in order to correctly install the ink
cartridges.
Make sure that you insert the ink cartridge into the slot that has the same shaped icon
and color as the one you are installing.
7. Repeat steps 3 through 6 for each ink cartridge you are replacing.
8. Close the ink cartridge door.
Related topics
Order printing supplies online
Advanced ink cartridge maintenance
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Clean the sensor
Clean the sensor windows on the ink cartridges
Work with ink cartridges
147
Chapter 9
Clean the sensor
NOTE: This procedure is only necessary when you see an error message relating
to the ink cartridges. For more information about error messages, see Errors.
Clean the sensor.
If the problem is not resolved, printing can continue, but the ink system behavior might
change.
CAUTION: The cleaning procedure should take only a few minutes. Make sure that
the ink cartridges are reinstalled in the product when instructed. Leaving them outside
of the product for an extended period of time can result in damage to the ink cartridges.
To clean the sensor in the product
1. Gather swabs or a lint-free cloth to use for the cleaning procedure.
2. Make sure the product is turned on.
3. Open the ink cartridge access door by lifting from the front right of the product, until
the door locks into place.
The print carriage moves to the center of the product.
NOTE: Wait until the print carriage stops moving before proceeding.
148
Maintain and troubleshoot
4. Locate the sensor inside the product.
The sensor is a square, black plastic part slightly larger than a pencil eraser, just to
the left of the print carriage.
5. Wipe the sensor with a dry swab or lint-free cloth.
6. Close the ink cartridge access door, and check if the error message has been
resolved.
7. If you still receive the error message, turn the product off, and then on again.
Clean the sensor windows on the ink cartridges
Clean the window on all of the ink cartridges.
If the problem is not resolved, printing can continue, but the ink system behavior might
change.
CAUTION: The cleaning procedure should take only a few minutes. Make sure that
the ink cartridges are reinstalled in the product when instructed. Leaving them outside
of the product for an extended period of time can result in damage to the ink cartridges.
To clean the sensor window on the ink cartridges
1. Gather swabs or a lint-free cloth to use for the cleaning procedure.
2. Make sure the product is turned on.
3. Open the ink cartridge access door by lifting from the front right of the product, until
the door locks into place.
Work with ink cartridges
149
Chapter 9
The print carriage moves to the center of the product.
NOTE: Wait until the print carriage stops moving before proceeding.
4. Remove all of the ink cartridges and place them on a piece of paper with the ink
openings pointing up.
To remove the ink cartridges
a. Press the tab on the ink cartridge to release it, and then remove it from the slot.
b. Place the ink cartridge on a sheet of paper with the ink opening pointing up.
c. Repeat steps a and b for each ink cartridge.
5. For each ink cartridge, wipe the sensor window with a dry swab or lint-free cloth.
The sensor window is an area of clear plastic near the copper or gold-colored metal
contacts on the bottom of the ink cartridge. Try not to touch the metal contacts.
150
Maintain and troubleshoot
6. Install each ink cartridge in its slot. Press it down until the tab snaps into place.
Match the color and icon on each ink cartridge label to the color and icon on the slot
for that ink cartridge.
7. Close the ink cartridge access door, and check if the error has been resolved.
8. If you still receive the error message, turn the product off, and then on again.
Advanced printhead maintenance
If you are experiencing problems with printing, you might have a problem with the
printhead. You should perform the procedures in the following sections only when
directed to do so for resolving print quality issues.
Performing the aligning and cleaning procedures unnecessarily can waste ink and
shorten the life of the cartridges.
If you receive an error message about the ink cartridges, see Errors for more information.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Clean the printhead
Align the printer
Clean the printhead
If your printed output is streaked or has any incorrect or missing colors, the printhead
might need to be cleaned.
This process uses ink to attempt to unclog and clean the nozzles in the printhead.
This might take a few minutes and will use one or more sheets of paper.
To clean the printhead from the control panel
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main input tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press the down arrow button to highlight Tools, and then press OK.
4. Press the down arrow button to highlight Clean Printhead, and then press OK.
The product cleans the printhead.
5. Press any button to return to the Tools menu.
To clean the printhead from the Printer Toolbox
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main input tray.
2. In the HP Solution Center, click Settings.
Work with ink cartridges
151
Chapter 9
3. In the Print Settings area, click Printer Toolbox.
NOTE: You can also open the Printer Toolbox from the Print Properties dialog
box. In the Print Properties dialog box, click the Features tab, and then click
Printer Services.
The Printer Toolbox appears.
4. Click the Device Services tab.
5. Click Clean Printhead.
6. Follow the prompts until you are satisfied with the quality of the output, and then click
Done.
There are two stages of cleaning. Each stage lasts about two minutes, uses one sheet
of paper, and uses an increasing amount of ink. After each stage, review the quality
of the printed page. You should only initiate the next phase of cleaning if the print
quality is poor.
If print quality still seems poor after you complete both stages of cleaning, try aligning
the printer. If print quality problems persist after cleaning and aligning, contact HP
support.
To clean the printhead from the embedded Web server
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main input tray.
2. Click the Device Settings tab, click Device Services in the left pane, select Clean
Printheads from the drop-down list in the Print Quality section, and then click Run
Diagnostic.
Align the printer
The product automatically aligns the printhead during the initial setup.
You might want to use this feature when the printer status report shows streaking or white
lines through any of the blocks of color or if you are having print quality issues with your
printouts.
To align the printhead from the control panel
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main input tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press the down arrow button to highlight Tools, and then press OK.
4. Press the down arrow button to highlight Align Printer, and then press OK.
The product aligns the printhead.
5. Press any button to return to the Tools menu.
To align the printer from the Printer Toolbox
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main input tray.
2. In the HP Solution Center, click Settings.
152
Maintain and troubleshoot
3. In the Print Settings area, click Printer Toolbox.
NOTE: You can also open the Printer Toolbox from the Print Properties dialog
box. In the Print Properties dialog box, click the Features tab, and then click
Printer Services.
The Printer Toolbox appears.
4. Click the Device Services tab.
5. Click Align the Printer.
The product prints a test page, aligns the printhead, and calibrates the printer.
Recycle or discard the page.
To align the printer from the embedded Web server
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main input tray.
2. Click the Settings tab, click Device Services in the left pane, select Align
Printhead from the drop-down list in the Print Quality section, and then click Run
Diagnostic.
Usage information collection
The HP cartridges used with this product contain a memory chip that assists in the
operation of the product.
In addition, this memory chip collects a limited set of information about the usage of the
product, which might include the following: the date when the cartridge was first installed,
the date when the cartridge was last used, the number of pages printed using the
cartridge, the page coverage, the printing modes used, any printing errors that might have
occurred, and the product model. This information helps HP design future products to
meet our customers' printing needs.
The data collected from the cartridge memory chip does not contain information that can
be used to identify a customer or user of the cartridge or their product.
HP collects a sampling of the memory chips from cartridges returned to HP's free return
and recycling program (HP Planet Partners: www.hp.com/recycle). The memory chips
from this sampling are read and studied in order to improve future HP products. HP
partners who assist in recycling this cartridge might have access to this data, as well.
Any third party possessing the cartridge might have access to the anonymous information
on the memory chip. If you prefer to not allow access to this information, you can render
the chip inoperable. However, after you render the memory chip inoperable, the cartridge
cannot be used in an HP product.
If you are concerned about providing this anonymous information, you can make this
information inaccessible by turning off the memory chip's ability to collect the product's
usage information:
To turn off usage information collection
1. On the product control panel, press the Setup button.
2. Select Preferences, and then select Cartridge Chip Info.
3. Press 1 to turn off usage information collection.
Work with ink cartridges
153
Chapter 9
NOTE: If you turn off the memory chip's ability to collect the product's usage
information, you can still continue to use the cartridge in the HP product.
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Print quality problems can have many causes: software settings, a poor image file, or the
printing system itself. If you are unhappy with the quality of your prints, a Print Quality
Diagnostic page can help you determine if the printing system is working properly.
This section includes the following topics:
•
•
To print a print quality report
To evaluate the Print Quality Diagnostic Page
To print a print quality report
1. Load regular, white, letter-size or A4 paper.
2. Press Setup until you see Print Report
3. Press the right arrow until you see Print Quality Report. Press OK.
154
Maintain and troubleshoot
To evaluate the Print Quality Diagnostic Page
This section includes the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ink Levels
Good color bars
Ragged, irregularly streaked, or faded bars
Regular white streaks in the bars
Bar colors are not uniform
Large Black Font Text
Alignment Patters
Ink Levels
▲ Look at the Ink Level number in Line 21. If any of the bar level indicators are low, you
may need to replace that ink cartridge.
NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning
purposes only. When you receive an ink alert message, consider having a
replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need
to replace cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
Good color bars
▲ Look at the color bars in the middle of the page. There should be seven color bars.
The color bars should have sharp edges. They should be solid (not streaked with
white or other colors). They should be uniform in color throughout.
Example of Good Color Bars - all seven bars are solid, sharp-edged, and extend with
uniform color all the way across the page - the printer is operating correctly. The bars
correspond to the ink cartridges in the printer as follows:
Item
Cartridge color
1
Black Ink Cartridge
2
Cyan Ink Cartridge
3
Magenta Ink Cartridge
Print and evaluate a print quality report
155
Chapter 9
Item
Cartridge color
4
Yellow Ink Cartridge
Ragged, irregularly streaked, or faded bars
Example of Bad Color Bars - The top bar is irregularly streaked or fading.
Example of Bad Color Bars - The top black bar is ragged on one end.
If any of the bars are ragged, irregularly streaked, or faded, follow these steps:
1. Make sure the ink cartridges have ink.
2. Remove the cartridge corresponding to the streaked bar and make sure it is properly
vented. For more information, see Replace the ink cartridges.
3. Reinstall the cartridge and make sure all the cartridges are properly latched. For more
information, see Replace the ink cartridges
4. Clean the printhead. For more information, see Clean the printhead
5. Try another print or reprint the Print Quality Diagnostic report. If the problem still
occurs, but cleaning seems to have helped, clean again.
6. If cleaning does not solve the problem, replace the cartridge that corresponds to the
ragged bar.
7. If replacing the ink cartridge does not help, contact HP - the printhead may need to
be replaced.
156
Maintain and troubleshoot
Preventing the problem that causes ragged bars on the Print Quality Diagnostic
report:
• Avoid leaving opened ink cartridges outside of the printer for an extended period of
time.
• Wait until a new cartridge is ready to be installed before removing an old ink cartridge.
If you do not see any defects on the print quality report, then the printing system is working
correctly. There is no reason to replace supplies or have the product serviced, because
they are functioning properly. If you still have a print quality problem, here are some other
things you can check:
•
•
•
•
Check the paper.
Check the print settings.
Make sure your image has sufficient resolution.
If the problem seems confined to a band near the edge of your printout, use the
software you installed with the product or another software application to rotate the
image 180 degrees. The problem might not appear on the other end of the print.
Regular white streaks in the bars
If any of the color bars show regular white streaks, follow these steps:
1. If line 36 on the Print Quality Diagnostic report reads PHA TTOE = 0, align the printer.
For more information, see Align the printer.
2. If line 36 is not 0, or aligning does not help, clean the printhead. For more information,
see Clean the printhead.
3. Print another Print Quality Diagnostic report. If the streaking is still there, but seems
better, try another cleaning. If the streaking gets worse, contact HP - the printhead
may need to be repalced.
Bar colors are not uniform
Print and evaluate a print quality report
157
Chapter 9
If the color of any of the bars is not uniform, follow these steps:
1. If the printer was recently transported at a high altitude, try a printhead cleaning.
2. If the printer was not recently transported, try printing another Print Quality Diagnostic
report. This will use less ink than a printhead cleaning, but if it is not effective, try a
cleaning.
3. Retry the Print Quality Diagnostic report. If the colors seem to be improving, continue
cleaning. If the colors get worse, contact HP - the printhead may need to be replaced.
Large Black Font Text
Look at the large-font text above the color blocks. I ABCDEFG abcdefg The type should
be sharp and clear. If the type is jagged, try aligning the printer. If there are streaks or
smears of ink, clean the printhead.
Example of good Large-Font Type - the letters are sharp and clear - the printer is operating
correctly.
Example of bad Large-Font Type - the letters are jagged - align the printer.
Example of bad Large-Font Type - the letters are smeared - clean the printhead and check
if the paper is curled. To avoid curl, store all paper flat in a resealable bag.
Example of bad Large-Font Type - the letters are ragged on one end - clean the printer.
If this defect occurs right after a new cartridge is installed, the printer's automatic servicing
routines may solve the problem in a day or so, using less ink than a printhead cleaning.
Alignment Patters
If the color bars and large font text look OK, and the ink cartridges are not empty, look at
the alignment pattern directly above the color bars.
158
Maintain and troubleshoot
Example of a good alignment pattern. The lines are straight.
Examples of a bad alignment pattern. The lines are jagged - align the printer. If that does
not work, contact HP.
If the Print Quality Diagnostic report indicates that the printer is working correctly, try the
following:
•
•
•
•
Check the paper
Check the print settings
Make sure your image file has sufficient resolution
If the problem seems confined to a band near the edge of a print, use the software
you installed with the device or another software application to rotate the image 180
degrees. The problem may not appear on the other end of the print.
If the Print Quality Diagnostic report indicates that the printer is not working correctly, try
the following:
•
•
•
•
Use genuine HP ink cartridges - HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink.
Clean the printhead.
Align the device.
If none of these solutions work, contact HP.
Clean the device
This section provides instructions for keeping the device in top working condition. Perform
these maintenance procedures as necessary.
Dust or dirt on the scanner glass, scanner lid backing, or scanner frame can slow down
performance, degrade the quality of scans, and affect the accuracy of special features.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Clean the scanner glass
Clean the exterior
Clean the automatic document feeder
Clean the scanner glass
To clean the scanner glass
1. Turn off the device.
2. Lift the scanner lid.
Clean the device
159
Chapter 9
3. Clean the glass by using a soft, lint-free cloth that has been sprayed with a mild glass
cleaner. Dry the glass with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth.
CAUTION: Use only glass cleaner to clean the scanner glass. Avoid cleaners
that contain abrasives, acetone, benzene, and carbon tetrachloride, all of which
can damage the scanner glass. Avoid isopropyl alcohol because it can leave
streaks on the glass.
CAUTION: Do not spray the glass cleaner directly on the glass. If too much glass
cleaner is applied, the cleaner could leak under the glass and damage the
scanner.
4. Close the scanner lid, and turn on the device.
Clean the exterior
NOTE: Before cleaning the device, turn off the power and unplug the power cord
from the electrical socket.
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the case. The
exterior of the device does not require cleaning. Keep fluids away from the interior of the
device, as well as from the device control panel.
Clean the automatic document feeder
If the automatic document feeder picks up multiple pages or if it does not pick up plain
paper, you can clean the rollers and separator pad. Lift the automatic document feeder
160
Maintain and troubleshoot
cover to access the pick assembly inside the automatic document feeder, clean the rollers
or separator pad, and then close the cover.
To clean the rollers or separator pad
1. Remove all originals from the document feeder tray.
2. Lift the automatic document feeder cover (1).
This provides easy access to the rollers (2) and separator pad (3), as shown below.
1
Automatic document feeder cover
2
Rollers
3
Separator pad
3. Lightly dampen a clean lint-free cloth with distilled water, then squeeze any excess
liquid from the cloth.
4. Use the damp cloth to wipe any residue off the rollers or separator pad.
NOTE: If the residue does not come off using distilled water, try using isopropyl
(rubbing) alcohol.
5. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.
Clean the device
161
Chapter 9
To clean the glass strip inside the automatic document feeder
1. Turn off the HP all-in-one, and unplug the power cord.
NOTE: Depending how long the HP all-in-one is unplugged, the date and time
might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug
the power cord back in.
2. Raise the lid, as if you were loading an original on the glass.
3. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder.
162
Maintain and troubleshoot
4. Lift the automatic document feeder mechanism.
There is a glass strip under the automatic document feeder.
5. Clean the glass strip with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened with a nonabrasive
glass cleaner.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, or carbon tetrachloride on
the glass, since they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid directly on the
glass. The liquid might seep under the glass and damage the device.
6. Lower the automatic document feeder mechanism, and then close the cover of the
automatic document feeder.
7. Close the lid.
8. Plug in the power cord, and then turn on the HP all-in-one.
General troubleshooting tips and resources
Try these when you begin troubleshooting a printing problem.
•
•
•
For a paper jam, see Clear jams.
For paper-feed problems, such as the paper skew and paper pick, see Solve paperfeed problems.
Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is turned on for the first time, it
takes approximately 12 minutes to initialize.
General troubleshooting tips and resources
163
Chapter 9
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the device.
Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)
power outlet, and is turned on. For voltage requirements, see Electrical
specifications.
Media is loaded correctly in the input tray and is not jammed in the device.
All packing tapes and materials are removed.
The device is set as the current or default printer. For Windows, set it as the default
in the Printers folder. For Mac OS X, set it as the default in the Printer Setup Utility
(Mac OS X (v10.4), for Mac OS X (v10.5) open System Preferences, select Print &
Fax, and then select the device from the Default Printer drop-down list.) See your
computer's documentation for more information.
Pause Printing is not selected if you are using a computer running Windows.
You are not running too many programs when you are performing a task. Close
programs that you are not using or restart the computer before attempting the task
again.
Troubleshooting topics
• Solve printing problems
• Print troubleshooting
• Print quality troubleshooting
• Solve paper-feed problems
• Solve copy problems
• Solve scan problems
• Solve fax problems
• Solve network problems
• Solve wireless problems (some models only)
• Solve photo (memory card) problems
• Troubleshoot installation issues
Solve printing problems
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The device shuts down unexpectedly
Error message appears on control-panel display
Device takes a long time to print
Blank or partial page printed
Something on the page is missing or incorrect
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong
The device shuts down unexpectedly
Check the power and power connections
Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC) power
outlet. For voltage requirements, see Electrical specifications.
164
Maintain and troubleshoot
Error message appears on control-panel display
A non-recoverable error has occurred
Disconnect all cables (such as power cord and USB cable), wait about 20 seconds, and
reconnect the cables. If the problem persists, visit the HP Web site (www.hp.com/
support) for the latest troubleshooting information, or product fixes and updates.
NOTE: For more information about error messages, see Errors.
Device takes a long time to print
Check the system configuration and resources
Make sure the computer meets the minimum system requirements for the device. For
more information, see System requirements.
Check the device software settings
Print speed is slower when Best or Maximum dpi is selected as the print quality. To
increase the print speed, select different print settings in the device driver. For more
information, see Change print settings.
Low ink levels
Check the estimated ink levels in the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
The ink cartridges might have insufficient ink. Insufficient ink may cause the printhead to
overheat. When the printhead overheats, the printer slows down to allow it to cool.
Blank or partial page printed
Check the ink levels
The ink cartridges may be running low on ink.
Clean the printhead
Complete the printhead cleaning procedure. For more information, see Clean the
printhead.
NOTE: Turn off the HP all-in-one by pressing the Power button located on the
product. Wait until the Power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or
turning off a power strip. If you improperly turn off the HP all-in-one, the print carriage
might not return to the correct position causing problems with the ink cartridges and
print quality issues.
Solve printing problems
165
Chapter 9
Check the media settings
• Make sure you select the correct print quality settings in the printer driver for the media
loaded in the trays.
• Make sure the page settings in the printer driver match the page size of media loaded
in the tray.
More than one page is being picked
For more information on paper-feed problems, see Solve paper-feed problems.
There is a blank page in the file
Check the file to make sure there is no blank page.
Something on the page is missing or incorrect
Check the ink cartridges
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on
ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Check the estimated ink levels.
NOTE: Turn off the HP all-in-one by pressing the Power button located on the
product. Wait until the Power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or
turning off a power strip. If you improperly turn off the HP all-in-one, the print carriage
might not return to the correct position causing problems with the ink cartridges and
print quality issues.
Check the margin settings
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of the
device. For more information, see Set minimum margins.
Check the color print settings
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the print driver.
Check the device location and length of USB cable
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than
3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong
Check how the media is loaded
Make sure the media width and length guides fit snugly against the edges of the stack of
media, and make sure the tray is not overloaded. For more information, see Load
media.
166
Maintain and troubleshoot
Check the media size
• Content on a page might be cut off if the document size is larger than the media that
you are using.
• Make sure the media size selected in the printer driver match the size of media loaded
in the tray.
Check the margin settings
If the text or graphics are cut off at the edges of the page, make sure the margin settings
for the document do not exceed the printable area of your device. For more information,
see Set minimum margins.
Check the page-orientation setting
Make sure the media size and page orientation selected in the application match the
settings in the printer driver. For more information, see Change print settings.
Check the device location and length of USB cable
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than
3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.
If the above solutions do not work, the problem may be caused by the inability of the
application to interpret print settings properly. See the release notes for known software
conflicts, refer to the application's documentation, or contact the software manufacturer
for specific help.
Print troubleshooting
Use this section to solve these printing problems:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Envelopes print incorrectly
Borderless printing produces unexpected results
The product is not responding
The product prints meaningless characters
Nothing happens when I try to print
The pages in my document came out in the wrong order
The margins are not printing as expected
Text or graphics are cut off at the edge of the page
A blank page came out while printing
Print troubleshooting
167
Chapter 9
Envelopes print incorrectly
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
Solution 1: Load the stack of envelopes correctly
Solution 2: Check the envelope type
Solution 3: Tuck the flaps to avoid paper jams
Solution 1: Load the stack of envelopes correctly
Solution: Load a stack of envelopes in the input tray, with the envelope flaps facing
up and to the left.
Make sure that you remove all paper from the input tray before loading the envelopes.
Cause:
A stack of envelopes was loaded incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Check the envelope type
Solution: Do not use shiny or embossed envelopes or envelopes that have clasps
or windows.
Cause:
The wrong type of envelope was loaded.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Tuck the flaps to avoid paper jams
Solution:
Cause:
To avoid paper jams, tuck the flaps inside the envelopes.
The flaps might get caught in the rollers.
Borderless printing produces unexpected results
Solution: Try printing the image from the photo imaging software that came with
the product.
Cause: Printing a borderless image from a non-HP software application produced
unexpected results.
The product is not responding
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
168
Solution 1: Turn on the product
Solution 2: Load paper in the input tray
Solution 3: Select the correct printer
Maintain and troubleshoot
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 4: Check the printer driver status
Solution 5: Wait until the product completes the current operation
Solution 6: Remove all cancelled print jobs from the queue
Solution 7: Clear the paper jam
Solution 8: Make sure the print carriage can move freely
Solution 9: Check the connection from the product to your computer
Solution 10: Restart the product
Solution 1: Turn on the product
Solution: Look at the Power light located on the product. If it is not lit, the product
is turned off. Make sure the power cord is firmly connected to the product and plugged
into a power outlet. Press the Power button to turn on the product.
Cause: The product was turned off.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Load paper in the input tray
Solution:
Load paper in the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause: The product was out of paper.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Select the correct printer
Solution: Make sure you have selected the correct printer in your software
application.
TIP: You can set the product as the default printer to ensure that the printer is
automatically selected when you select Print in the File menu of your different
software applications.
Cause: The product was not the selected printer.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Check the printer driver status
Solution:
printing.
The printer driver status might have changed to either offline or stop
To check the printer driver status
▲ In the HP Solution Center, click the Status tab.
Cause: The status of the printer driver had changed.
Print troubleshooting
169
Chapter 9
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 5: Wait until the product completes the current operation
Solution: If the product is performing another task such as copying or scanning,
your print job will be delayed until the product completes the current task.
Some documents take a long time to print. If nothing has printed several minutes after
you sent a print job to the product, check the product display to see if there are any
messages.
Cause:
The product was busy with another task.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 6: Remove all cancelled print jobs from the queue
Solution: A print job might remain in the queue after it has been cancelled. The
cancelled print job jams the queue and prevents the next print job from printing.
From your computer, open the printer folder and see if the cancelled job remains in
the print queue. Try to delete the job from the queue. If the print job remains in the
queue, try one or both of the following:
•
•
Disconnect the USB cable from the product, restart the computer, and then
reconnect the USB cable to the product.
Shut down the product, restart the computer, and then restart the product.
Cause:
A deleted print job was in the queue.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 7: Clear the paper jam
Solution:
product.
Clear the paper jam and remove any torn paper that remains in the
For more information, see:
Clear jams
Cause:
The product had a paper jam.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 8: Make sure the print carriage can move freely
Solution: Unplug the power cable if it is not already unplugged. Check to see if the
print carriage will move freely from one side of the printer to the other. Do not try to
force it to move if it is hung up on something.
CAUTION: Be careful not to force the print carriage. If the carriage is stuck,
forcing it to move will damage the printer.
170
Maintain and troubleshoot
Cause: The print carriage had stalled.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 9: Check the connection from the product to your computer
Solution: Check the connection from the product to your computer. Verify that the
USB cable is securely plugged into the USB port on the back of the product. Make
sure the other end of the USB cable is plugged into a USB port on your computer.
After the cable is connected properly, turn off the product and then on again. If the
product is connected to the computer through a wired, wireless, or Bluetooth
connection, make sure that the respective connections are active and the prodict is
turned on.
If the connections are secure, and nothing has printed several minutes after you sent
a print job to the product, check the status of the product. In the HP Solution Center
Software, click Settings, and then click Status.
Cause: The computer was not communicating with the product.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 10: Restart the product
Solution: Turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord. Plug the power
cord back in, and then press the Power button to turn on the product.
Cause: The product experienced an error.
The product prints meaningless characters
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
Solution 1: Restart the product
Solution 2: Print a previously saved version of the document
Solution 1: Restart the product
Solution: Turn off the product and your computer for 60 seconds, then turn them
both on and try printing again.
Cause: There was no available memory in the product.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Print a previously saved version of the document
Solution: Try printing another document from the same software application. If this
works, then try printing a previously saved version of the document that is not corrupt.
Print troubleshooting
171
Chapter 9
Cause:
The document was corrupt.
Nothing happens when I try to print
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Turn on the product
Solution 2: Load paper in the input tray
Solution 3: Select the correct printer
Solution 4: Check the printer driver status
Solution 5: Wait until the product completes the current operation
Solution 6: Remove all cancelled print jobs from the queue
Solution 7: Clear the paper jam
Solution 8: Make sure the print carriage can move freely
Solution 9: Check the connection from the product to your computer
Solution 10: Restart the product
Solution 1: Turn on the product
Solution: Look at the Power light located on the product. If it is not lit, the product
is turned off. Make sure the power cord is firmly connected to the product and plugged
into a power outlet. Press the Power button to turn on the product.
Cause:
The product was turned off.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Load paper in the input tray
Solution:
Load paper in the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause:
The product was out of paper.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Select the correct printer
Solution: Make sure you have selected the correct printer in your software
application.
TIP: You can set the product as the default printer to ensure that the printer is
automatically selected when you select Print in the File menu of your different
software applications.
Cause:
172
The product was not the selected printer.
Maintain and troubleshoot
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Check the printer driver status
Solution:
printing.
The printer driver status might have changed to either offline or stop
To check the printer driver status
▲ In the HP Solution Center, click the Status tab.
Cause: The status of the printer driver had changed.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 5: Wait until the product completes the current operation
Solution: If the product is performing another task such as copying or scanning,
your print job will be delayed until the product completes the current task.
Some documents take a long time to print. If nothing has printed several minutes after
you sent a print job to the product, check the product display to see if there are any
messages.
NOTE: If you are using HP Officejet 6500 E709a/E709d, you cannot scan and
print at the same time. The device must finish one job before it can begin another.
Cause: The product was busy with another task.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 6: Remove all cancelled print jobs from the queue
Solution: A print job might remain in the queue after it has been cancelled. The
cancelled print job jams the queue and prevents the next print job from printing.
From your computer, open the printer folder and see if the cancelled job remains in
the print queue. Try to delete the job from the queue. If the print job remains in the
queue, try one or both of the following:
•
•
Disconnect the USB cable from the product, restart the computer, and then
reconnect the USB cable to the product.
Shut down the product, restart the computer, and then restart the product.
Cause: A deleted print job was in the queue.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Print troubleshooting
173
Chapter 9
Solution 7: Clear the paper jam
Solution:
product.
Clear the paper jam and remove any torn paper that remains in the
For more information, see:
Clear jams
Cause:
The product had a paper jam.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 8: Make sure the print carriage can move freely
Solution: Unplug the power cable if it is not already unplugged. Check to see if the
print carriage will move freely from one side of the printer to the other. Do not try to
force it to move if it is hung up on something.
CAUTION: Be careful not to force the print carriage. If the carriage is stuck,
forcing it to move will damage the printer.
Cause:
The print carriage had stalled.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 9: Check the connection from the product to your computer
Solution: Check the connection from the product to your computer. Verify that the
USB cable is securely plugged into the USB port on the back of the product. Make
sure the other end of the USB cable is plugged into a USB port on your computer.
After the cable is connected properly, turn off the product and then on again. If the
product is connected to the computer through a wired, wireless, or Bluetooth
connection, make sure that the respective connections are active and the product is
turned on.
If the connections are secure, and nothing has printed several minutes after you sent
a print job to the product, check the status of the product. In the HP Solution Center
software, click Settings, and then click Status.
Cause:
The computer was not communicating with the product.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 10: Restart the product
Solution: Turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord. Plug the power
cord back in, and then press the Power button to turn on the product.
Cause:
174
The product experienced an error.
Maintain and troubleshoot
The pages in my document came out in the wrong order
Solution: Print the document in reverse order. When the document finishes
printing, the pages will be in correct order.
Cause: The print settings were set to print the first page of your document first.
Because of the way the paper feeds through the product, the first page will be print
side up at the bottom of the stack.
The margins are not printing as expected
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
Solution 1: Check the printer margins
Solution 2: Verify the paper size setting
Solution 3: Load the stack of paper correctly
Solution 1: Check the printer margins
Solution:
Check the printer margins.
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of
the product.
To check your margin settings
1. Preview your print job before sending it to the product.
In most software applications, click the File menu, and then click Print Preview.
2. Check the margins.
The product uses the margins you have set in your software application, as long
as they are greater than the minimum margins the product supports. For more
information about setting margins in your software application, see the
documentation that came with the software.
3. Cancel the print job if the margins are not satisfactory, and then adjust the margins
in your software application.
Cause: The margins were not set correctly in your software application.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Verify the paper size setting
Solution: Verify that you have selected the proper paper size setting for your
project. Make sure that you have loaded the correct paper size in the input tray.
Cause: The paper size setting might not have been set correctly for the project you
were printing.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Print troubleshooting
175
Chapter 9
Solution 3: Load the stack of paper correctly
Solution: Remove the stack of paper from the input tray, reload the paper, and then
slide the paper width guide inward until it stops at the edge of the paper.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause:
The paper guides were not positioned correctly.
Text or graphics are cut off at the edge of the page
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Check the margin settings
Solution 2: Check the layout of the document
Solution 3: Load the stack of papers correctly
Solution 4: Try printing with borders
Solution 1: Check the margin settings
Solution:
Check the printer margins.
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of
the product.
To check your margin settings
1. Preview your print job before sending it to the product.
In most software applications, click the File menu, and then click Print Preview.
2. Check the margins.
The product uses the margins you have set in your software application, as long
as they are greater than the minimum margins the product supports. For more
information about setting margins in your software application, see the
documentation that came with the software.
3. Cancel the print job if the margins are not satisfactory, and then adjust the margins
in your software application.
Cause:
The margins were not set correctly in your software application.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
176
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solution 2: Check the layout of the document
Solution: Make sure the layout of the document you are trying to print fits on a paper
size supported by the product.
To preview the print layout
1. Load the correct paper size into the input tray.
2. Preview your print job before sending it to the product.
In most software applications, click the File menu, and then click Print Preview.
3. Check the graphics in the document to make sure that the current size fits within
the printable area of the product.
4. Cancel the print job if the graphics do not fit in the printable area of the page.
TIP: Some software applications allow you to scale the document to fit the paper
size currently selected. Additionally, you can scale the size of a document from
the print Properties dialog box.
Cause: The size of the document you were printing was larger than the paper
loaded in the input tray.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Load the stack of papers correctly
Solution:
If the paper is misfeeding, it could cause parts of the document to cut off.
Remove the stack of paper from the input tray, and then reload the paper.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause: The paper was loaded incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Try printing with borders
Solution:
Try printing with borders by turning off the borderless option.
For more information, see:
Print borderless
Cause: Borderless printing was enabled. By selecting the Borderless option, your
printed photo was enlarged and centered to fit the printable area of the page.
Depending on the relative sizes of the digital photo and the paper on which you are
printing, this could result in some parts of the image being cropped.
Print troubleshooting
177
Chapter 9
A blank page came out while printing
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Remove any extra pages or lines at the end of the document
Solution 2: Load paper in the input tray
Solution 3: Check the ink levels
Solution 4: Clean the printhead
Solution 5: Load paper in the input tray
Solution 1: Remove any extra pages or lines at the end of the document
Solution: Open the document file in your software application and remove any extra
pages or lines at the end of the document.
Cause:
The document you were printing contained an additional blank page.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Load paper in the input tray
Solution: If the product has only a few sheets remaining, load more paper in the
input tray. If there is plenty of paper in the input tray, remove the paper, tap the stack
of paper against a flat surface, and reload the paper into the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause:
The product picked up two sheets of paper.
Solution 3: Check the ink levels
Solution:
Cause:
The ink cartridges may be running low on ink.
Ink levels are too low.
Solution 4: Clean the printhead
Solution:
NOTE: Turn off the HP all-in-one by pressing the Power button located on the
product. Wait until the Power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or
turning off a power strip. If you improperly turn off the HP all-in-one, the print
carriage might not return to the correct position causing problems with the ink
cartridges and print quality issues.
Complete the printhead cleaning procedure. For more information, see Clean the
printhead.
Cause:
178
The product picked up two sheets of paper.
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solution 5: Load paper in the input tray
Solution: If the product has only a few sheets remaining, load more paper in the
input tray. If there is plenty of paper in the input tray, remove the paper, tap the stack
of paper against a flat surface, and reload the paper into the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause: The product picked up two sheets of paper.
Print quality troubleshooting
Use this section to solve these print quality problems:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wrong, inaccurate, or bleeding colors
Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely
The printout has a horizontal band of distortion near the bottom of a borderless print
Printouts have horizontal streaks or lines
Printouts are faded or have dull colors
Printouts seem blurry or fuzzy
Printouts have vertical streaks
Printouts are slanted or skewed
Ink streaks on the back of the paper
Paper is not picked up from the input tray
Poor black text
The product prints slowly
Wrong, inaccurate, or bleeding colors
If your printout has one of the following print quality problems, try the solutions in this
section for help.
•
•
Colors look wrong
For example, magenta was replaced with cyan in your printout.
Colors run into each other, or look like they are smeared on the page. The edges
might have a feathering appearance instead of being sharp and defined.
Try the following solutions if the colors appear wrong, inaccurate, or bleed into each other.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Make sure you are using genuine HP ink cartridges
Solution 2: Check the paper loaded in the input tray
Solution 3: Check the paper type
Solution 4: Check the ink levels
Solution 5: Check the print settings
Solution 6: Align the printer
Solution 7: Clean the printhead
Solution 8: Contact HP support
Print quality troubleshooting
179
Chapter 9
Solution 1: Make sure you are using genuine HP ink cartridges
Solution:
Check to see if your ink cartridges are genuine HP ink cartridges.
HP recommends that you use genuine HP ink cartridges. Genuine HP ink cartridges
are designed and tested with HP printers to help you easily produce great results,
time after time.
NOTE: HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP supplies. Product
service or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered
under warranty.
If you believe you purchased genuine HP ink cartridges, go to:
www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit
Cause:
Non-HP ink cartridges were being used.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Check the paper loaded in the input tray
Solution: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly and that it is not wrinkled or too
thick.
• Load paper with the side you want to print on facing down. For example, if you
are loading glossy photo paper, load the paper with the glossy side down.
• Make sure the paper lays flat in the input tray and is not wrinkled. If the paper is
too close to the printhead during printing, the ink might be smeared. This can
happen if the paper is raised, wrinkled, or very thick, such as a mailing envelope.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause:
The paper was loaded incorrectly, or it was wrinkled or too thick.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Check the paper type
Solution: HP recommends that you use HP papers or any other paper type that is
appropriate for the product.
Always make sure the paper you are printing on is flat. For best results when printing
images, use HP Advanced Photo Paper.
Store specialty media in its original packaging inside a resealable plastic bag on a
flat surface in a cool, dry place. When you are ready to print, remove only the paper
you plan to use immediately. When you have finished printing, return any unused
photo paper to the plastic bag. This will prevent the photo paper from curling.
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
180
Maintain and troubleshoot
For more information, see:
Select print media
Cause: The wrong kind of paper was loaded in the input tray.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Check the ink levels
Solution:
Check the estimated ink levels in the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes
only. When you receive a low-ink alerts, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
For more information, see:
Check the estimated ink levels
Cause: The ink cartridges might have insufficient ink.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 5: Check the print settings
Solution: Check the print settings.
• Check the print settings to see if the color settings are incorrect.
For example, check to see if the document is set to print in grayscale. Or, check
to see if advanced color settings such as saturation, brightness, or color tone, are
set to modify the appearance of colors.
• Check the print quality setting and make sure it matches the type of paper loaded
in the product.
You might need to choose a lower print quality setting, if colors are running into
each other. Or, choose a higher setting if you are printing a high-quality photo,
and then make sure photo paper such as HP Advanced Photo Paper, is loaded
in the input tray.
NOTE: On some computer screens, colors might appear differently than they do
when printed on paper. In this case, there is nothing wrong with the product, print
settings, or ink cartridges. No further troubleshooting is required.
For more information, see:
Select print media
Cause: The print settings were set incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 6: Align the printer
Solution:
Align the printer.
Print quality troubleshooting
181
Chapter 9
Aligning the printer can help ensure excellent print quality.
For more information, see:
Align the printer
Cause:
The printer needed to be aligned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 7: Clean the printhead
Solution: Check the following potential problems, and then clean the printhead.
• Check the orange pull tab on the ink cartridges. Make sure they were completely
removed.
• Make sure all ink cartridges are properly installed.
• Make sure you turn off the device properly, by using the Power button. This allows
the device to properly protect the printhead.
After cleaning the printhead, print a print quality report. Evaluate the print quality
report to see if the print quality problem still exists.
For more information, see:
•
•
Clean the printhead
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Cause:
The printhead needed to be cleaned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 8: Contact HP support
Solution:
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Cause:
There was a problem with the printhead.
Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely
Try the following solutions if the ink is not filling the text or image completely so that it
appears that parts are missing or blank.
•
•
•
•
•
•
182
Solution 1: Make sure you are using genuine HP ink cartridges
Solution 2: Check the ink levels
Solution 3: Check the print settings
Solution 4: Check the paper type
Solution 5: Clean the printhead
Solution 6: Contact HP support
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solution 1: Make sure you are using genuine HP ink cartridges
Solution:
Check to see if your ink cartridges are genuine HP ink cartridges.
HP recommends that you use genuine HP ink cartridges. Genuine HP ink cartridges
are designed and tested with HP printers to help you easily produce great results,
time after time.
NOTE: HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP supplies. Product
service or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered
under warranty.
If you believe you purchased genuine HP ink cartridges, go to:
www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit
Cause: Non-HP ink cartridges were being used.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Check the ink levels
Solution:
Check the estimated ink levels in the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes
only. When you receive a low-ink alerts, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
For more information, see:
Check the estimated ink levels
Cause: The ink cartridges might have insufficient ink.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Check the print settings
Solution: Check the print settings.
• Check the paper type setting to make sure it matches the type of paper loaded in
the input tray.
• Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low.
Print the image with a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.
Cause: The paper type or print quality settings were set incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Check the paper type
Solution: HP recommends that you use HP papers or any other paper type that is
appropriate for the product.
Print quality troubleshooting
183
Chapter 9
Always make sure the paper you are printing on is flat. For best results when printing
images, use HP Advanced Photo Paper.
Store specialty media in its original packaging inside a resealable plastic bag on a
flat surface in a cool, dry place. When you are ready to print, remove only the paper
you plan to use immediately. When you have finished printing, return any unused
photo paper to the plastic bag. This will prevent the photo paper from curling.
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
For more information, see:
Select print media
Cause:
The wrong kind of paper was loaded in the input tray.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 5: Clean the printhead
Solution: If the previous solutions did not resolve the issue, try cleaning the
printhead.
After cleaning the printhead, print a print quality report. Evaluate the print quality
report to see if the print quality problem still exists.
For more information, see:
•
•
Clean the printhead
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Cause:
The printhead needed to be cleaned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 6: Contact HP support
Solution:
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Cause:
There was a problem with the printhead.
The printout has a horizontal band of distortion near the bottom of a borderless
print
Try the following solutions if your borderless print has a blurry band or line on the bottom
of it.
184
Maintain and troubleshoot
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
•
•
•
Solution 1: Check the paper type
Solution 2: Use a higher print quality setting
Solution 3: Rotate the image
Solution 1: Check the paper type
Solution: HP recommends that you use HP papers or any other paper type that is
appropriate for the product.
Always make sure the paper you are printing on is flat. For best results when printing
images, use HP Advanced Photo Paper.
Store photo media in its original packaging inside a resealable plastic bag on a flat
surface in a cool, dry place. When you are ready to print, remove only the paper you
plan to use immediately. When you have finished printing, return any unused photo
paper to the plastic bag. This will prevent the photo paper from curling.
For more information, see:
Select print media
Cause: The wrong kind of paper was loaded in the input tray.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Use a higher print quality setting
Solution:
Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low.
Print the image with a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.
Cause: The print quality setting was set too low.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Rotate the image
Solution: If the problem persists, use the software you installed with the product or
another software application to rotate your image 180 degrees so that the light blue,
gray, or brown hues in your image do not print at the bottom of the page.
Cause: The defect is more noticible in areas of uniform light colors, so rotating the
image may help.
Printouts have horizontal streaks or lines
Try the following solutions if your printout has lines, streaks, or marks on it that run across
the width of the page.
•
•
Solution 1: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly
Solution 2: Check your print settings
Print quality troubleshooting
185
Chapter 9
•
•
•
•
Solution 3: Check the ink levels
Solution 4: Align the printer
Solution 5: Clean the printhead
Solution 6: Contact HP support
Solution 1: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly
Solution:
Make sure that the paper is loaded correctly in the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause:
The paper was not loaded correctly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Check your print settings
Solution:
Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low.
Print the image with a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.
Check the media settings. Make sure the media selected matches the media loaded
in the device.
Cause:
The print quality or copy setting on the product was set too low.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Check the ink levels
Solution:
Check the estimated ink levels in the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes
only. When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
For more information, see:
Check the estimated ink levels
Cause:
The ink cartridges might have insufficient ink.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Align the printer
Solution:
Align the printer.
Aligning the printer can help ensure excellent print quality.
For more information, see:
Align the printer
Cause:
186
The printer needed to be aligned.
Maintain and troubleshoot
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 5: Clean the printhead
Solution:
Check the following potential problems, and then clean the printhead.
After cleaning the printhead, print a print quality report. Evaluate the print quality
report to see if the print quality problem still exists.
For more information, see:
•
•
Clean the printhead
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Cause: The printhead needed to be cleaned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 6: Contact HP support
Solution:
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Cause: There was a problem with the printhead.
Printouts are faded or have dull colors
Try the following solutions if the colors in your printout are not as bright and intense as
you expected.
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Check the print settings
Solution 2: Check the paper type
Solution 3: Check the ink levels
Solution 4: Clean the printhead
Solution 5: Contact HP support
Solution 1: Check the print settings
Solution: Check the print settings.
• Check the paper type setting to make sure it matches the type of paper loaded in
the input tray.
• Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low.
Print the image with a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.
Cause: The paper type or print quality settings were set incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Print quality troubleshooting
187
Chapter 9
Solution 2: Check the paper type
Solution: HP recommends that you use HP papers or any other paper type that is
appropriate for the product.
Always make sure the paper you are printing on is flat. For best results when printing
images, use HP Advanced Photo Paper.
Store specialty media in its original packaging inside a resealable plastic bag on a
flat surface in a cool, dry place. When you are ready to print, remove only the paper
you plan to use immediately. When you have finished printing, return any unused
photo paper to the plastic bag. This will prevent the photo paper from curling.
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
For more information, see:
Select print media
Cause:
The wrong kind of paper was loaded in the input tray.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Check the ink levels
Solution:
Check the estimated ink levels in the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes
only. When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
For more information, see:
Check the estimated ink levels
Cause:
The ink cartridges might have insufficient ink.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Clean the printhead
Solution: If the previous solutions did not resolve the issue, try cleaning the
printhead.
After cleaning the printhead, print a print quality report. Evaluate the print quality
report to see if the print quality problem still exists.
For more information, see:
•
•
Clean the printhead
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Cause:
The printhead needed to be cleaned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
188
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solution 5: Contact HP support
Solution:
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Cause: There was a problem with the printhead.
Printouts seem blurry or fuzzy
Try the following solutions if your printout is not sharp or unclear.
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
TIP: After reviewing the solutions in this section, you can go to HP's Web site to see
if there is additional troubleshooting help. For more information, go to: www.hp.com/
support.
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Check the print settings
Solution 2: Use a higher quality image
Solution 3: Print the image in a smaller size
Solution 4: Align the printer
Solution 1: Check the print settings
Solution: Check the print settings.
• Check the paper type setting to make sure it matches the type of paper loaded in
the input tray.
• Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low.
Print the image with a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.
Cause: The paper type or print quality settings were set incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Use a higher quality image
Solution:
Use a higher resolution image.
If you are printing a photo or graphic, and the resolution is too low, it will be blurry or
fuzzy when printed.
If a digital photo or rasterized graphic has been resized, it can be blurry or fuzzy when
printed.
Cause: The resolution of the image was low.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Print quality troubleshooting
189
Chapter 9
Solution 3: Print the image in a smaller size
Solution:
Reduce the size of the image and then print it.
If you are printing a photo or graphic, and the print size is set too high, it will be blurry
or fuzzy when printed.
If a digital photo or rasterized graphic has been resized, it can be blurry or fuzzy when
printed.
Cause:
The image was printed in a larger size.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Align the printer
Solution:
Align the printer.
Aligning the printer can help ensure excellent print quality.
For more information, see:
Align the printer
Cause:
The printer needed to be aligned.
Printouts have vertical streaks
Solution: HP recommends that you use HP papers or any other paper type that is
appropriate for the product.
Always make sure the paper you are printing on is flat. For best results when printing
images, use HP Advanced Photo Paper.
Store specialty media in its original packaging inside a resealable plastic bag on a
flat surface in a cool, dry place. When you are ready to print, remove only the paper
you plan to use immediately. When you have finished printing, return any unused
photo paper to the plastic bag. This will prevent the photo paper from curling.
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
For more information, see:
Select print media
Cause:
The wrong kind of paper was loaded in the input tray.
Printouts are slanted or skewed
Try the following solutions if your printout does not appear straight on the page.
•
•
•
190
Solution 1: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly
Solution 2: Make sure only one type of paper is loaded
Solution 3: Ensure that the rear access panel or duplexer is securely installed
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solution 1: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly
Solution:
Make sure that the paper is loaded correctly in the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause: The paper was not loaded correctly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Make sure only one type of paper is loaded
Solution:
Load only one type of paper at a time.
Cause: More than one type of paper was loaded in the input tray.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Ensure that the rear access panel or duplexer is securely installed
Solution:
Make sure that the rear door is securely installed.
If you removed the rear door to clear a paper jam, replace it. Gently push the door
forward until it snaps into place.
Cause: The rear door was not securely installed.
Ink streaks on the back of the paper
Try the following solutions if there is smeared ink on the back of your printout.
•
•
Solution 1: Print on a page of plain paper
Solution 2: Wait while the ink dries
Solution 1: Print on a page of plain paper
Solution: Print one or several pages of plain paper to soak up any excess ink in
the product.
To remove excess ink using plain paper
1. Load several sheets of plain paper in the input tray.
2. Wait five minutes.
3. Print a document with little or no text.
4. Check the back of the paper for ink. If there is still ink on the back of the paper,
try printing on another page of plain paper.
Cause: Ink accumulated inside the product, where the back of the paper rests
during printing.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Print quality troubleshooting
191
Chapter 9
Solution 2: Wait while the ink dries
Solution: Wait at least thirty minutes for the ink inside the product to dry, then try
the print job again.
Cause:
The excess ink in the product needed to dry out.
Paper is not picked up from the input tray
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Restart the product
Solution 2: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly
Solution 3: Check the print settings
Solution 4: Clean the rollers
Solution 5: Check for a paper jam
Solution 6: Service the product
Solution 1: Restart the product
Solution: Turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord. Plug the power
cord back in, and then press the Power button to turn on the product.
Cause:
The product experienced an error.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Make sure the paper is loaded correctly
Solution:
Make sure that the paper is loaded correctly in the input tray.
For more information, see:
Load media
Cause:
The paper was not loaded correctly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Check the print settings
Solution: Check the print settings.
• Check the paper type setting to make sure it matches the type of paper loaded in
the input tray.
• Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low.
Print the image with a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.
Cause:
The paper type or print quality settings were set incorrectly.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
192
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solution 4: Clean the rollers
Solution:
Clean the rollers.
Make sure you have the following materials available:
•
•
A lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart or leave fibers.
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can
damage the ink cartridges).
For more information, see Clean the device.
Cause: The rollers were dirty and needed to be cleaned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 5: Check for a paper jam
Solution:
find.
Check for paper debris in the front of the device. Remove any debris you
CAUTION: Trying to clear a paper jam from the front of the device can damage
the print mechanism. Always access and clear paper jams through the rear access
panel or duplexer.
Cause: Paper debris may be present, but not detected by the sensor.
Solution 6: Service the product
Solution: If you have completed all of the steps provided in the previous solutions,
contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Cause: Your product needs servicing.
Poor black text
Try the following solutions if the text in your printouts is not sharp and the edges are rough.
NOTE: For this issue, there is not a problem with your ink supplies. Therefore,
replacing the ink cartridges or printhead is not necessary.
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Wait a couple of minutes and attempt to reprint
Solution 2: Use TrueType or OpenType fonts
Solution 3: Align the printer
Solution 4: Clean the printhead
Solution 1: Wait a couple of minutes and attempt to reprint
Solution: After the print is finished, wait a couple of minutes and attempt to print
the document again.
Print quality troubleshooting
193
Chapter 9
Cause: Many black print quality problems clear up with the automatic services
performed after each print job is finished.
Solution 2: Use TrueType or OpenType fonts
Solution: Use TrueType or OpenType fonts to ensure that the product is able to
print smooth fonts. When selecting a font, look for the TrueType or OpenType icon.
TrueType icon
Cause:
OpenType icon
The font was a custom size.
Some software applications offer custom fonts that have jagged edges when enlarged
or printed. Also, if you want to print bitmapped text, it might have jagged edges when
enlarged or printed.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Align the printer
Solution:
Align the printer.
Aligning the printer can help ensure excellent print quality.
For more information, see:
Align the printer
Cause:
The printer needed to be aligned.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Clean the printhead
Solution: If the previous solutions did not resolve the issue, try cleaning the
printhead.
After cleaning the printhead, print a print quality report. Evaluate the print quality
report to see if the print quality problem still exists.
For more information, see:
•
•
Clean the printhead
Print and evaluate a print quality report
Cause:
194
The printhead needed to be cleaned.
Maintain and troubleshoot
The product prints slowly
Try the following solutions if the product is printing very slowly.
•
•
•
Solution 1: Use a lower print quality setting
Solution 2: Check the ink levels
Solution 3: Contact HP support
Solution 1: Use a lower print quality setting
Solution: Check the print quality setting. Best and Maximum dpi provide the best
quality but are slower than Normal or Draft. Draft provides the fastest print speed.
Cause: The print quality was set to a high setting.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 2: Check the ink levels
Solution:
Check the estimated ink levels in the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes
only. When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
For more information, see:
Check the estimated ink levels
Cause: The ink cartridges might have insufficient ink. Insufficient ink may cause the
printhead to overheat. When the printhead overheats, the printer slows down to allow
it to cool.
If this did not solve the issue, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Contact HP support
Solution:
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Cause: There was a problem with the product.
Solve paper-feed problems
Media is not supported for the printer or tray
Use only media that is supported for the device and the tray being used. For more
information, see Understand specifications for supported media.
Solve paper-feed problems
195
Chapter 9
Media is not picked up from a tray
• Make sure media is loaded in the tray. For more information, see Load media. Fan
the media before loading.
• Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the media
size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight, against the
stack.
• Make sure media in the tray is not curled. Uncurl paper by bending it in the opposite
direction of the curl.
• When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the special
media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some media is
picked up more easily if the tray is full.)
Media is not coming out correctly
• Make sure the output tray extension is extended; otherwise, printed pages may fall
off the device.
•
Remove excess media from the output tray. There is a limit to the number of sheets
the tray can hold.
Pages are skewing
• Make sure the media loaded in the trays is aligned to the paper guides. If needed,
pull out the trays from the device and reload the media properly, making sure that the
paper guides are properly aligned.
• Make sure the duplexer is properly installed.
• Load media into the device only when it is not printing.
196
Maintain and troubleshoot
Multiple pages are being picked up
• Fan the media before loading.
• Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the media
size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight, against the
stack.
• Make sure the tray is not overloaded with paper.
• Use HP media for optimum performance and efficiency.
Solve copy problems
If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP
support.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No copy came out
Copies are blank
Documents are missing or faded
Size is reduced
Copy quality is poor
Copy defects are apparent
Error messages appear
No copy came out
•
•
•
Check the power
Make sure that the power cord is securely connected, and the device turned on.
Check the status of the device
◦ The device might be busy with another job. Check the control-panel display for
information about the status of jobs. Wait for any job that is processing to finish.
◦ The device might be jammed. Check for jams. See Clear jams.
Check the trays
◦ Make sure that media is loaded. See Load media for more information.
◦ Check the computer.
To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r),
the HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be turned
on and you must be logged on, and the software must be installed and running.
Also, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed
and turned on at all times. On a Macintosh computer, once the software is
installed, it is always available when you turn on the computer.
Solve copy problems
197
Chapter 9
Copies are blank
•
•
•
Check the media
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Select print media for more information.
Check the settings
The contrast setting might be set too light. Use the Copy button on the device control
panel to create darker copies.
Check the trays
If you are copying from the ADF, make sure that the originals have been loaded
correctly. For more information, see Load an original in the automatic document
feeder (ADF).
Documents are missing or faded
•
•
•
Check the media
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Select print media for more information.
Check the settings
The quality setting of Fast (which produces draft-quality copies) might be responsible
for the missing or faded documents. Change to the Normal or Best setting.
Check the original
◦ The accuracy of the copy depends on the quality and size of the original. Use the
Copy menu to adjust the brightness of the copy. If the original is too light, the
copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast.
◦ Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the
background, or the background might appear in a different shade.
Size is reduced
•
•
The reduce/enlarge or other copy feature might have been set from the device control
panel to reduce the scanned image. Check the settings for the copy job to make sure
that they are for normal size.
The HP photo and imaging software settings might be set to reduce the scanned
image. Change the settings, if needed. See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and
imaging software for more information.
Copy quality is poor
•
•
198
Take steps to improve the copy quality
◦ Use quality originals.
◦ Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing
unclear images. See Select print media for more information.
◦ Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
Check the device
◦ The scanner lid might not be closed properly.
◦ The scanner glass or lid backing might need cleaning. See Clean the device for
more information.
◦ The ADF might need cleaning. See Clean the device for more information.
Maintain and troubleshoot
Copy defects are apparent
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical white or faded stripes
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Select print media for more information.
Too light or dark
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
Unwanted lines
The scanner glass, lid backing, or frame might need cleaning. See Clean the
device for more information.
Black dots or streaks
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass
or lid backing. Try cleaning the device. See Clean the device for more information.
Copy is slanted or skewed
◦ Make sure that the ADF input tray is not too full.
◦ Make sure that the ADF width adjusters are snug against the sides of the media.
Unclear text
◦ Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
◦ The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the
setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more
information, see Change the copy settings.
Incompletely filled text or graphics
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more information, see
Change the copy settings.
Horizontal grainy or white bands in light-gray to medium-gray areas
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more information, see
Change the copy settings.
Error messages appear
“Reload document and then reload job”
Press the OK button, and then load the next batch of documents in the ADF. For more
information see Load originals.
Solve scan problems
If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP
support.
NOTE: If you are starting the scan from a computer, see the software Help for
troubleshooting information.
•
•
Scanner did nothing
Scan takes too long
Solve scan problems
199
Chapter 9
•
•
•
•
•
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing
Text cannot be edited
Error messages appear
Scanned image quality is poor
Scan defects are apparent
Scanner did nothing
•
•
Check the original
Make sure that the original is placed on the scanner glass correctly. For more
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
Check the device
◦ The device might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity,
which delays processing a short while. Wait until the device reaches the
READY state.
◦ If you are using HP Officejet 6500 E709a/E709d, you cannot scan and print at the
same time. The device must finish one job before it can begin another.
Scan takes too long
•
•
200
Check the settings
◦ If you set the resolution too high, the scan job takes longer and results in larger
files. To obtain good results when scanning or copying, do not use a resolution
that is higher than needed. You can lower the resolution to scan more quickly.
◦ If you acquire an image through TWAIN, you can change the settings so that the
original scans in black and white. See the onscreen Help for the TWAIN program
for information.
Check the status of the device
If you sent a print or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan starts if the scanner
is not busy. However, the printing and scanning processes share memory, which
means that the scan might be slower.
Maintain and troubleshoot
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing
•
•
Check the original
◦ Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information, see Load
originals.
◦ If you scanned the document from the ADF, try scanning the document directly
from the scanner glass. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner
glass.
◦ Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend into the
background. Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try
enhancing the image after you scan the original.
Check the settings
◦ Make sure that the input media size is large enough for the original that you are
scanning.
◦ If you are using the HP photo and imaging software, the default settings in the HP
photo and imaging software might be set to automatically perform a specific task
other than the one that you are attempting. See the onscreen Help for the HP
photo and imaging software for instructions about changing the properties.
◦ If you are scanning to a memory device, make sure you have selected the exact
media size instead of the Automatic option.
Text cannot be edited
•
•
Check the settings
◦ Make sure that the OCR software is set to edit text.
◦ When you scan the original, make sure that you select a document type that
creates editable text. If text is classified as a graphic, it is not converted to text.
◦ Your OCR program might be linked to a word-processing program that does not
perform OCR tasks. See the product software Help for more information about
linking programs.
Check the originals
◦ For OCR, the original must be loaded into the ADF with the top forward and faceup. Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information, see
Load originals.
◦ The OCR program might not recognize text that is tightly spaced. For example, if
the text that the OCR program converts has missing or combined characters, "rn"
might appear as "m."
◦ The accuracy of the OCR program depends on the image quality, text size, and
structure of the original and the quality of the scan itself. Make sure that your
original has good image quality.
◦ Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend too much. Try
adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing the image
after you scan the original. If you are performing an OCR operation on an original,
any colored text on the original does not scan well, if at all.
Solve scan problems
201
Chapter 9
Error messages appear
•
•
"Unable to activate TWAIN source" or "An error occurred while acquiring the
image"
◦ If you are acquiring an image from another device, such as a digital camera or
another scanner, make sure that the other device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices
that are not TWAIN-compliant do not work with the device software.
◦ Make sure that you have connected the USB Device Cable to the correct port on
the back of your computer.
◦ Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In the software, check the
TWAIN source by selecting Select Scanner on the File menu.
“Reload document and then restart job”
Press the OK button, and then reload the remaining documents (up to 50 pages) in
the ADF. For more information see Load originals.
Scanned image quality is poor
The original is a second-generation photo or picture
Reprinted photographs, such as those in newspapers or magazines, are printed by using
tiny dots of ink that make an interpretation of the original photograph, which degrades the
quality. Often, the ink dots form unwanted patterns that can be detected when the image
is scanned or printed or when the image appears on a screen. If the following suggestions
do not solve the problem, you might need to use a better-quality version of the original.
◦ To eliminate the patterns, try reducing the size of the image after scanning.
◦ Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better.
◦ Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job.
◦ For best results, use the flatbed scanner for scanning rather than the ADF.
Text or images on the back of a two-sided original appear in the scan
Two-sided originals can "bleed" text or images from the back side to the scan if the
originals are printed on media that is too thin or too transparent.
The scanned image is skewed (crooked)
The original might have been loaded incorrectly. Be sure to use the media guides when
you load the originals into the ADF. For more information, see Load originals.
The image quality is better when printed
The image that appears on the screen is not always an accurate representation of the
quality of the scan.
◦ Try adjusting your computer monitor settings to use more colors (or levels of gray).
On Windows computers, you typically make this adjustment by opening Display on
the Windows control panel.
◦ Try adjusting the resolution and color settings.
The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white stripes, or other defects
◦ If the scanner glass is dirty, the image produced does not have optimum clarity. See
Clean the device for cleaning instructions.
◦ The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.
Graphics look different from the original
The graphics settings might not be suitable for the type of scan job that you are
performing. Try changing the graphics settings.
202
Maintain and troubleshoot
Take steps to improve the scan quality
◦ Use the glass to scan rather than the ADF.
◦ Use high-quality originals.
◦ Place the media correctly. If the media is placed incorrectly on the scanner glass, it
might skew, which causes unclear images. For more information, see Load
originals.
◦ Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.
◦ Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
◦ Clean the scanner glass. See Clean the scanner glass for more information.
Scan defects are apparent
•
•
•
•
•
•
Blank pages
Make sure that the original document is placed correctly. Place the original document
face down on the flatbed scanner with the top-left corner of the document located in
the lower-right corner of the scanner glass.
Too light or dark
◦ Try adjusting the settings. Be sure to use the correct resolution and color settings.
◦ The original image might be very light or dark or might be printed on colored paper.
Unwanted lines
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass.
Try cleaning the scanner glass. See Clean the device for more information.
Black dots or streaks
◦ Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner
glass, the scanner glass might be dirty or scratched, or the lid backing might be
dirty. Try cleaning the scanner glass and lid backing. See Clean the device for
more information. If cleaning does not correct the problem, the scanner glass or
lid backing might need to be replaced.
◦ The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.
Unclear text
Try adjusting the settings. Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct.
Size is reduced
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. See the product
software Help for more information about changing the settings.
Solve fax problems
This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the device. If the device
is not set up properly for faxing, you might experience problems when sending faxes,
receiving faxes, or both.
If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of
the device. The test will fail if the device is not set up properly for faxing. Perform this test
after you have completed setting up the device for faxing. For more information, see Test
fax setup.
If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For
more information, see The fax test failed.
Solve fax problems
203
Chapter 9
Try these first if you are having problems with your fax features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Check the telephone cord. Try using another telephone cord to see if the problem
continues.
Remove other equipment from the HP device. Connect the HP device directly to the
wall jack to see if the problem persists.
The fax test failed
The display always shows Phone Off Hook
The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes
The device is having problems sending a manual fax
The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes
The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine
The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC or Fax to Mac)
Sent faxes are blank or have vertical lines
Received faxes are blank or have vertical lines
The fax test failed
If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about the
error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test failed,
and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed
Solution:
• Turn off the device by using the Power button located on the device control panel
and then unplug the power cord from the back of the device. After a few seconds,
plug the power cord in again, and then turn the power on. Run the test again. If
the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting information in this
section.
• Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,
there might not be a problem.
• If you are running the test from the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Fax
Setup Utility (Mac OS X), make sure the device is not busy completing another
task, such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the display for a message
indicating that the device is busy. If it is busy, wait until it is finished and in the idle
state before running the test.
204
Maintain and troubleshoot
•
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test continues to fail and you
experience problems faxing, contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If
prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on
calling for technical support.
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed
Solution:
• Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make
sure the phone cord is secure.
• Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
• Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device. For more information on setting up the device for faxing, see
Set up faxing for the device.
• If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
• Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.
• Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,
there might not be a problem.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing.
Solve fax problems
205
Chapter 9
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed
Solution: Plug the phone cord into the correct port.
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
NOTE: If you use the 2-EXT port to connect to the telephone wall jack, you
will not be able to send or receive faxes. The 2-EXT port should only be used
to connect other equipment, such as an answering machine.
Figure 9-1 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
2. After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled 1-LINE, run the fax
test again to make sure it passes and the device is ready for faxing.
3. Try to send or receive a test fax.
• Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
• If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed
Solution:
• Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect
to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be connected to the
206
Maintain and troubleshoot
port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device, and the other end to your telephone
wall jack, as shown below.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
•
•
•
If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a
coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can
be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make
sure the phone cord is secure.
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
Solve fax problems
207
Chapter 9
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed
Solution:
• Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be causing
the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect
everything from the phone line, and then run the test again. If the Dial Tone
Detection Test passes without the other equipment, then one or more pieces of
the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time and
rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece of equipment is causing
the problem.
• Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.
• Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device.
• If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
• If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some PBX
systems, this might cause the test to fail. This will not cause a problem sending
or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.
• Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your
country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the test
might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes.
• Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be able
to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect the
device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.
• Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection test continues to fail,
contact your telephone company and have them check the phone line.
208
Maintain and troubleshoot
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed
Solution:
• Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be able
to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect the
device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.
• Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make
sure the phone cord is secure.
• Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
• Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be causing
the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect
everything from the phone line, and then run the test again.
◦ If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment, then one
or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back
one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece
of equipment is causing the problem.
◦ If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment, connect the
device to a working phone line and continue reviewing the troubleshooting
information in this section.
• If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
• Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test continues to fail and
you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone company and have them
check the phone line.
The display always shows Phone Off Hook
Solution: You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are using
the phone cord that came with the device to connect the device to your phone line. If
the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a coupler
to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store that carries
phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can be a standard
phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Solve fax problems
209
Chapter 9
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
Solution: Other equipment that uses the same phone line as the device might be
in use. Make sure extension phones (phones on the same phone line, but not
connected to the device) or other equipment are not in use or off the hook. For
example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the hook,
or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send e-mail or access the Internet.
The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes
Solution: Make sure the device is turned on. Look at the display on the device. If
the display is blank and the Power light is not lit, the device is turned off. Make sure
the power cord is firmly connected to the device and plugged into a power outlet.
Press the Power button to turn on the device.
After turning on the device, HP recommends you wait five minutes before sending or
receiving a fax. The device cannot send or receive faxes while it is initializing after
being turned on.
Solution:
• Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect
to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be connected to the
port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device and the other end to your telephone
wall jack, as shown below.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a
coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store
210
Maintain and troubleshoot
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can
be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial
tone, call your local telephone company for service.
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be in use.
For example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the
hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access
the Internet.
Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the display or your
computer for an error message providing information about the problem and how
to solve it. If there is an error, the device will not send or receive a fax until the
error condition is resolved.
The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound quality
(noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the phone line by
plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other noise.
If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM) off and try faxing again.
For information about changing ECM, see the onscreen Help. If the problem
persists, contact your telephone company.
If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you have
a DSL filter connected or you will not be able to fax successfully. For more
information, see Case B: Set up the device with DSL.
If you are using a DSL service and have connected a DSL filter, the filter might
be blocking the fax tones. Try removing the filter and connecting the device
directly to the wall.
Make sure the device is not connected to a telephone wall jack that is set up for
digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular analog
phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal sounding
dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.
If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated services
digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the device is
connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set to the correct switch
type for your country/region, if possible. For more information, see Case C: Set
up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line.
Solve fax problems
211
Chapter 9
•
If the device shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the DSL modem
might not be properly grounded. If the DSL modem is not properly grounded, it
can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with poor sound quality (noise)
can cause faxing problems. You can check the sound quality of the phone line by
plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other noise.
If you hear noise, turn off your DSL modem and completely remove power for at
least 15 minutes. Turn the DSL modem back on and listen to the dial tone again.
NOTE: You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If the
device stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this process.
•
If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For information
on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for support.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
The device is having problems sending a manual fax
Solution:
NOTE: This possible solution applies only in the countries/regions that receive
a 2-wire phone cord in the box with the device, including: Argentina, Australia,
Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Latin America,
Malaysia, Mexico, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, USA, Venezuela,
and Vietnam.
•
Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly to
the device. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be connected directly to
the port labeled 2-EXT on the device, as shown below.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your
country/region.
3
212
Telephone
Maintain and troubleshoot
•
If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly to
the device, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the fax. You cannot
use the keypad on the device control panel.
NOTE: If using a serial-type phone system, connect your phone to the port
labeled 2-EXT.
The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes
Solution:
• If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the
Distinctive Ring feature on the device is set to All Rings. For more information,
see Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.
• If Auto Answer is set to Off, you will need to receive faxes manually; otherwise,
the device will not receive the fax. For information on receiving faxes manually,
see Receive a fax manually.
• If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax calls,
you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that you must be
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For information on setting up
the device when you have a voice mail service, see Case F: Shared voice/fax line
with voice mail. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a fax
manually.
• If you have a computer dial-up modem on the same phone line with the device,
check to make sure that the software that came with your modem is not set to
receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes
automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which
prevents the device from receiving fax calls.
• If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with the device, you
might have one of the following problems:
◦ Your answering machine might not be set up properly with the device.
◦ Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the device to
detect fax tones, and the sending fax machine might disconnect.
◦ Your answering machine might not have enough quiet time after your outgoing
message to allow the device to detect fax tones. This problem is most
common with digital answering machines.
The following actions might help solve these problems:
◦ When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for
fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as
described in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine.
◦ Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically. For information on
setting up the device to receive faxes automatically, see Receive a fax.
◦ Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings
than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of
rings before answering.
Solve fax problems
213
Chapter 9
◦
◦
Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If faxing is
successful without the answering machine, the answering machine might be
causing the problem.
Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message again.
Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration. Speak slowly
and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave at least 5 seconds
of silence at the end of the voice message. There should be no background
noise when recording this silent time. Try to receive a fax again.
NOTE: Some digital answering machines might not retain the recorded
silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back your outgoing
message to check.
•
•
If the device shares the same phone line with other types of phone equipment,
such as an answering machine, a computer dial-up modem, or a multi-port switch
box, the fax signal level might be reduced. The signal level can also be reduced
if you use a splitter or connect extra cables to extend the length of your phone. A
reduced fax signal can cause problems during fax reception.
To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything except
the device from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If you can receive
faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more pieces of the other
equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time and receiving
a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is causing the problem.
If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a distinctive
ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the Distinctive
Ring feature on the device is set to match. For more information, see Change the
answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.
The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes
Solution:
• The device might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to insert some
pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to access an outside
line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause following the access number.
If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses an outside line, you might insert
pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To enter a pause in the fax number you are typing,
press Redial/Pause, or press the Space (#) button repeatedly, until a dash (-)
appears on the display.
You can also send the fax using monitor dialing. This enables you to listen to the
phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and respond to
prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using monitor
dialing.
• The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or the
receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the fax number
from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax tones, the
receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a voice mail service
could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You can also ask the recipient
to check the receiving fax machine for any problems.
214
Maintain and troubleshoot
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine
Solution:
• When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for fax
calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as described in
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine. If you do not connect the
answering machine as recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your
answering machine.
• Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically and that the Rings to
Answer setting is correct. The number of rings to answer for the device should
be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine. If the
answering machine and the device are set to the same number of rings to answer,
both devices answer the call and fax tones are recorded on the answering
machine.
• Set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to answer
in the maximum number of rings supported. (The maximum number of rings varies
by country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the
device monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, the device receives the
fax. If the call is a voice call, the answering machine records the incoming
message. For more information, see Set the number of rings before answering.
The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough
Solution: If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can
use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can be
a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
TIP: If the device came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you can use it with a
4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information on using the 2-wire phone
cord adaptor, see the documentation that came with it.
To extend your phone cord
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the
coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the
device.
2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the telephone
wall jack.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC or Fax to Mac)
Cause: The HP Digital Imaging monitor is turned off (Windows only).
Solution: Check the taskbar and ensure that the HP Digital Imaging monitor is
turned on at all times.
Solve fax problems
215
Chapter 9
Cause:
Solution:
times.
The computer selected to receive faxes is turned off.
Make sure the computer selected to receive faxes is switched on at all
Cause: Different computers are configured for setup and receiving faxes and one
of them may be switched off.
Solution: If the computer receiving faxes is different from the one used for setup,
both computers should be switched on at all times.
Cause:
Solution:
Cause:
Solution:
There is no paper in the input tray.
Load paper in the input tray.
The internal memory is full.
Clear the internal memory by clearing the fax log and memory.
Cause: Fax to PC or Fax to Mac is not activated or the computer is not configured
to receive faxes
Solution: Activate Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and make sure the computer is
configured to receive faxes.
Cause:
Solution:
HP Digital Imaging Monitor (Windows only) is not operating properly
Restart the HP Digital Imaging Monitor or restart the computer.
Sent faxes are blank or have vertical lines
Cause: When sending a fax, the pages appear blank or with vertical lines in the
sent fax
Solution: Make a copy of the fax. If the copy is correct, the recipient's fax machine
may have a problem.
If the copy is blank, the scanner glass, scanner lid backing, or automatic document
feeder need to be cleaned. For more information, see Clean the device or Solve scan
problems.
Received faxes are blank or have vertical lines
Cause: Faxes received by the product are blank or the printout shows vertical black
lines through the image or text.
Solution:
Print a self-test page to see if it is printed correctly.
If the self-test page prints correctly, the issue is probably with the sending fax - try
receiving a fax from another fax machine.
If the self-test page printed incorrectly, see Solve printing problems.
216
Maintain and troubleshoot
Solve network problems
NOTE: After correcting any of the following, run the installation program again.
General network troubleshooting
• If you are unable to install the device software, verify that:
◦ All cable connections to the computer and the device are secure.
◦ The network is operational and the network hub is turned on.
◦ All applications, including virus protection programs, spyware protection
programs, and firewalls, are closed or disabled for computers running Windows.
◦ Make sure the device is installed on the same subnet as the computers that will
be using the device.
◦ If the installation program cannot discover the device, print the network
configuration page, and enter the IP address manually in the installation program.
For more information, see Understand the network configuration page
• If you are using a computer running Windows, make sure that the network ports
created in the device driver match the device IP address:
◦ Print the device’s network configuration page.
◦ Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
◦ Right-click the device icon, click Properties, and then click the Ports tab.
◦ Select the TCP/IP port for the device, and then click Configure Port.
◦ Compare the IP address listed in the dialog box and make sure it matches the IP
address listed on the network configuration page. If the IP addresses are different,
change the IP address in the dialog box to match the address on the network
configuration page.
◦ Click OK twice to save the settings and close the dialog boxes.
Problems connecting to a wired network
• If the Link light on the network connector does not turn on, make sure that all of the
“General network troubleshooting” conditions are met.
• Though it is not recommended that you assign the device with a static IP address,
you might resolve some installation problems (such as a conflict with a personal
firewall) by doing so.
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
If the device is unable to communicate with the network after completing the wireless
setup and software installation, perform one or more of the following tasks in the order
shown below.
•
•
Basic wireless troubleshooting
Advanced wireless troubleshooting
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
217
Chapter 9
Basic wireless troubleshooting
Perform the following steps in the order presented.
NOTE: If this is the first time you are setting up the wireless connection, and you are
using the included software, make sure that the USB cable is connected to the device
and the computer.
Step 1 - Make sure the wireless (802.11) light is turned on
If the blue light near the HP device's wireless button is not lit, the wireless capabilities
might not have been turned on. To turn on wireless, press and hold the Wireless button
for three seconds.
NOTE: If your HP device supports Ethernet networking, make sure that an Ethernet
cable has not been connected to the device. Connecting an Ethernet cable turns off
the HP device's wireless capabilities.
Step 2 - Restart components of the wireless network
Turn off the router and the HP device, and then turn them back on in this order: router
first and then the HP device. If you still are unable to connect, turn off the router, HP
device, and your computer. Sometimes, turning off the power and then turning it back on
will recover a network communication issue.
Step 3 - Run the Wireless Network Test
For wireless networking issues, run the Wireless Network Test. To print a Wireless
Network Test page, press the Wireless button. If a problem is detected, the printed test
report will include recommendations that might help solve the problem.
Advanced wireless troubleshooting
If you have tried the suggestions provided in the Basic troubleshooting section and are
still unable to connect to your HP device to the wireless network, try the following
suggestions in the order presented:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
218
Make sure your computer is connected to your network
Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network
Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication
Make sure the HP device is online and ready
Your wireless router is using a hidden SSID
Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer driver
(Windows only)
Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows only)
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)
Maintain and troubleshoot
Make sure your computer is connected to your network
To check a wired (Ethernet) connection
▲ Many computers have indicator lights beside the port where the Ethernet cable from
the router connects to your computer. Usually there are two indicator lights, one that
is on and another that blinks. If your computer has indicator lights, check to see if the
indicator lights are on. If the lights are not on, try reconnecting the Ethernet cable to
the computer and the router. If you still do not see lights, there might be a problem
with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer.
NOTE: Macintosh computers do not have indicator lights. To check the Ethernet
connection on a Macintosh computer, click System Preferences in the Dock, and
then click Network. If the Ethernet connection is working correctly, Built-in
Ethernet appears in the list of connections, along with the IP address and other
status information. If Built-in Ethernet does not appear in the list, there might be
a problem with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer. For more
information, click the Help button in the window.
To check a wireless connection
1. Make sure that your computer's wireless has been turned on. (For more information,
see the documentation that came with your computer.)
2. If you are not using a unique network name (SSID), then it is possible that your
wireless computer could be connected to a nearby network that is not yours.
The following steps can help you determine if your computer is connected to your
network.
Windows
a. Click Start, click Control Panel, point to Network Connections, and then click
View Network Status and Tasks.
Or
Click Start, select Settings, click Control Panel, double-click Network
Connections, click the View menu, and then select Details.
Leave the network dialog box open while you continue to the next step.
b. Disconnect the power cord from the wireless router. The connection status of your
computer should change to Not Connected.
c. Reconnect the power cord to the wireless router. The connection status should
change to Connected.
Mac OS X
▲ Click the AirPort icon in the menu bar at the top of the screen. From the menu
that appears, you can determine if the AirPort is turned on and which wireless
network your computer is connected to.
NOTE: For more detailed information about your AirPort connection, click
System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Network. If the wireless
connection is working correctly, a green dot appears next to AirPort in the list
of connections. For more information, click the Help button in the window.
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
219
Chapter 9
If you are unable to get your computer connected to your network, contact the person
who set up your network or the router manufacturer as there might be a hardware issue
with either your router or computer.
If you are able to access the Internet and are using a computer running Windows, you
can also access HP Network Assistant at www.hp.com/sbso/wireless/tools-setup.html?
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN for help in setting up a network. (This Web site is only
available in English.)
Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network
If your device is not connected to the same network as your computer, you will not be
able to use the HP device over the network. Follow the steps described in this section to
find out if your device is actively connected to the correct network.
Make sure the HP device is on the network
1. If the HP device supports Ethernet networking and is connected to an Ethernet
network, make sure an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the back of the device. If
an Ethernet cable is plugged into the back, then wireless connectivity is disabled.
2. If the HP device is connected to a wireless network, print the device's Wireless
Configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network configuration
page.
▲ After the page has been printed, check the Network Status and URL:
Network Status
•
•
URL
220
Maintain and troubleshoot
If the Network Status is Ready, the HP
device is actively connected to a
network.
If the Network Status is Offline, the HP
device is not connected to a network.
Run the Wireless Network Test (using
the instructions at the beginning of this
section) and follow any
recommendations.
The URL shown here is the network
address assigned to the HP device by your
router. You will need this to connect to the
embedded Web server.
Check to see if you can access the embedded Web server (EWS)
▲ After you establish that the computer and the HP device both have active connections
to a network, you can verify if they are on the same network by accessing the device's
embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded Web server.
To access the EWS
a. On your computer, open the Web browser you normally use to access the Internet
(for example, Internet Explorer or Safari). In the address box, type the URL of the
HP device as it was shown on the Network Configuration Page (for example,
http://192.168.1.101).
NOTE: If you are using a proxy server in your browser, you might need to
disable it to access the EWS.
b. If you can access the EWS, try using the HP device over the network (such as to
print) to see if your network setup was successful.
c. If you cannot access the EWS or are still having problems using the HP device
over the network, continue to the next section regarding firewalls.
Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication
If you cannot access the EWS and are sure both the computer and HP device have active
connections to the same network, the firewall security software might be blocking
communication. Temporarily turn off any firewall security software running on your
computer and then try to access the EWS again. If you can access the EWS, try using
the HP device (for printing).
If you are able to access the EWS and use your HP device with the firewall turned off,
you will need to reconfigure your firewall settings to allow the computer and HP device
to communicate with each other over the network.
If you are able to access the EWS, but are still unable to use the HP device even with the
firewall turned off, try enabling the firewall software to recognize the HP device.
Make sure the HP device is online and ready
If you have the HP software installed, you can check the HP device’s status from your
computer to see if the device is paused or offline, preventing you from using it.
To check the HP device’s status, complete the following steps:
Windows
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. If the printers on your computer are not being displayed in Details view, click the
View menu, and then click Details.
3. Do one of the following, depending on the printer status:
a. If the HP device is Offline, right-click the device, and click Use Printer Online.
b. If the HP device is Paused, right-click the device, and click Resume Printing.
4. Try using the HP device over the network.
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
221
Chapter 9
Mac OS X
1. Click System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Print & Fax.
2. Select the HP device, and the click Print Queue.
3. If Jobs Stopped appears in the window that appears, click Start Jobs.
If you can use the HP device after performing the steps above but find that the symptoms
persist as you continue to use the device, your firewall might be interfering. If you still
cannot use the HP device over the network, continue to the next section for additional
troubleshooting help.
Your wireless router is using a hidden SSID
If your wireless router or Apple AirPort Base Station is using a hidden SSID, your HP
device will not automatically detect the network.
Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer driver
(Windows only)
If you install the software again, the installer might create a second version of the printer
driver in your Printers or Printers and Faxes folder. If you have difficulties printing or
connecting to the HP device, make sure the correct version of the printer driver is set as
the default.
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. Determine if the version of the printer driver in the Printers or Printers and Faxes
folder is connected wirelessly:
a. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties, Document Defaults, or
Printing Preferences.
b. On the Ports tab, look for a port in the list with a checkmark. The version of the
printer driver that is connected wirelessly has Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port
description, next to the checkmark.
3. Right-click the printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected
wirelessly, and select Set as Default Printer.
NOTE: If there is more than one icon in the folder for the HP device, right-click the
printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected wirelessly, and select
Set as Default Printer.
Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows only)
To restart the HP Network Device Support service
1. Delete any print jobs currently in the print queue.
2. On the desktop, right-click My Computer or Computer, and then click Manage.
3. Double-click Services and Applications, and then click Services.
4. Scroll down the list of services, right click HP Network Devices Support, and then
click Restart.
5. After the service restarts, try using the HP device over the network again.
If you are able to use the HP device over the network, your network setup was successful.
222
Maintain and troubleshoot
If you still cannot use the HP device over the network or if you have to periodically perform
this step in order to use your device over the network, your firewall might be interfering.
If this still does not work, there might be a problem with your network configuration or
router. Contact the person who set up your network or the router manufacturer for help.
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a wireless access point (WAP) is configured
with a list of MAC addresses (also called “hardware addresses”) of devices that are
allowed to gain access to the network through the WAP. If the WAP does not have the
hardware address of a device attempting to access the network, the WAP denies the
device access to the network. If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the device’s MAC
address must be added to the WAP’s list of accepted MAC addresses.
•
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the
network configuration page.
Open the WAP’s configuration utility, and add the device’s hardware address to the
list of accepted MAC addresses.
Solve photo (memory card) problems
If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP
support.
NOTE: If you are starting a memory card operation from a computer, see the
software Help for troubleshooting information.
•
•
The device cannot read the memory card
The device cannot read photos on the memory card
The device cannot read the memory card
•
Check the memory card
◦ Make sure that the memory card is one of the supported types. For more
information, see Insert a memory card.
◦ Some memory cards have a switch that controls how they can be used. Make
sure that the switch is set so that the memory card can be read.
Solve photo (memory card) problems
223
Chapter 9
◦
•
Inspect the ends of the memory card for dirt or material that closes a hole or spoils
a metal contact. Clean the contacts with a lint-free cloth and small amounts of
isopropyl alcohol.
◦ Assure that the memory card is working properly by testing it with other devices.
Check the memory card slot
◦ Make sure that the memory card is fully inserted into the correct slot. For more
information, see Insert a memory card.
◦ Remove the memory card (when the light is not blinking) and shine a flashlight
into the empty slot. See if any of the small pins inside are bent. When the computer
is off, you can straighten slightly bent pins by using the tip of a thin, retracted
ballpoint pen. If a pin has bent in such a way that it touches another pin, replace
the memory card reader or have the device serviced. For more information, see
Support and warranty.
◦ Make sure that only one memory card has been inserted at a time in the slots. An
error message should appear on the control-panel display if more than one
memory card is inserted.
The device cannot read photos on the memory card
Check the memory card
The memory card might be corrupt.
Solve device management problems
This section provide solutions to common problems that involve managing the device.
This section contains the following topic:
Embedded Web server cannot be opened
Embedded Web server cannot be opened
Check your network setup
• Make sure you are not using a phone cord or a cross cable to connect the device to
the network. For more information, see Configure the device (Windows) or Configure
the device (Mac OS X).
• Make sure the network cable is securely connected to the device.
• Make sure the network hub, switch, or router is turned on and working properly.
Check the computer
Make sure the computer that you are using is connected to the network.
Check your Web browser
Make sure the Web browser meets the minimum system requirements. For more
information, see System requirements.
224
Maintain and troubleshoot
Check the device IP address
• To check the IP address of the device from the control panel (color display models
only), touch the Setup button, select Network, select View Network Settings, and
then select either Display Wired Summary or Display Wireless Summary.
For devices with a two-line display, the user must obtain the IP address by printing a
network configuration page. Press the Setup button, select Network, select Network
Settings, and then select Print Network Configuration Page.
• Ping the device using the IP address from the command prompt.
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following at the MS-DOS
prompt:
C:\Ping 123.123.123.123
If a reply appears, the IP address is correct. If a time-out response appears, the IP
address is incorrect.
Troubleshoot installation issues
If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP
support.
•
•
Hardware installation suggestions
Software installation suggestions
Hardware installation suggestions
Check the device
• Make sure that all packing tape and material have been removed from outside and
inside the device.
• Make sure that the device is loaded with paper.
• Make sure that no lights are on or blinking except the Ready light, which should be
on. If the Attention light is blinking, check for messages on the device control panel.
Check the hardware connections
• Make sure that any cords and cables that you are using are in good working order.
• Make sure that the power cord is connected securely to both the device and to a
working power outlet.
• Make sure that the phone cord is connected to the 1-LINE port.
Check the ink cartridges
Make sure that all latches and covers are closed properly.
Check the computer system
• Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.
• Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.
Troubleshoot installation issues
225
Chapter 9
Check the device to ensure the following
• Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is first turned on, it takes
approximately 45 seconds to warm up.
• The device is in the Ready state, and no other lights on the device control panel are
lit or blinking. If lights are lit or blinking, see the message on the device control panel.
• Ensure power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the
device.
• All packing tapes and materials are removed from the device.
• Duplexer is locked into place.
• Paper is loaded correctly in the tray, and is not jammed in the device.
• All latches and covers are closed.
Software installation suggestions
Verify installation preliminaries
• Make sure to use the Starter CD that contains the correct installation software for your
operating system.
• Before installing software, make sure that all other programs are closed.
• If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD-ROM drive that you type, make
sure that you are specifying the correct drive letter.
• If the computer cannot recognize the Starter CD in the CD-ROM drive, inspect the
Starter CD for damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site
(www.hp.com/support).
Check or perform the following
• Make sure the computer meets the system requirements.
• Before installing software on a Windows computer, ensure all other programs are
closed.
• If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD drive that you typed, ensure
you are specifying the correct drive letter.
• If the computer cannot recognize the Starter CD in the CD drive, inspect the CD for
damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site (www.hp.com/
support).
• In the Windows device manager, make sure that the USB drivers have not been
disabled.
• If you are using a computer running Windows, and the computer cannot detect the
device, run the uninstallation utility (util\ccc\uninstall.bat on the Starter CD) to perform
a clean uninstallation of the device driver. Restart your computer, and reinstall the
device driver.
Check the computer system
• Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.
• Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.
226
Maintain and troubleshoot
Clear jams
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a job. Try the following remedies before
you attempt to clear the jam.
•
•
•
•
Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications. For more
information, see Select print media.
Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.
Make sure that the device is clean. For more information, see Clean the device.
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more
information, see Load media.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Clear paper jams
Avoid paper jams
Clear paper jams
If the paper was loaded in the input tray, you might need to clear the paper jam from the
duplexer.
Paper can also jam in the automatic document feeder. Several common actions can
cause paper to jam the automatic document feeder:
•
•
•
Placing too much paper in the document feeder tray. For information on the maximum
number of sheets allowed in the automatic document feeder, see Load originals.
Using paper that is too thick or too thin for the device.
Trying to add paper to the document feeder tray while the device is feeding pages.
To clear a jam
1. Remove all media from the output tray.
CAUTION: Trying to clear a paper jam from the front of the device can damage
the print mechanism. Always access and clear paper jams through the duplexer.
2. Check the duplexer.
a. Push the button on either side of the duplexer, and then remove the panel or unit.
Clear jams
227
Chapter 9
b. Locate any jammed media inside the device, grasp it with both hands and then
pull it towards you.
c. If the jam is not there, push the latch on the top of the duplexer and lower its cover.
If the jam is inside, carefully remove it. Close the cover.
d. Reinsert the duplexer into the device.
3. Open the top cover and remove any debris.
4. If you have not found the jam and have Tray 2 installed, pull out the tray and remove
the jammed media, if possible. If not, do the following:
a. Ensure the device is turned off and disconnect the power cord.
b. Lift the device off Tray 2.
c. Remove the jammed media from the bottom of the device or from Tray 2.
d. Reposition the device on top of Tray 2.
5. Open the print carriage access door. If there is paper remaining inside the device,
ensure the carriage has moved to the right of the device, free any paper scraps or
wrinkled media, and pull the media towards you through the top of the device.
WARNING! Do not reach into the device when it is on and the carriage is stuck.
When you open the print carriage access door, the carriage should return to its
position on the right side of the device. If it does not move to the right, turn off the
device before you remove any jam.
6. After clearing the jam, close all covers, turn on the device (if you turned it off) and
resend the print job.
228
Maintain and troubleshoot
To clear a paper jam in the automatic document feeder
1. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder.
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.
CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check
the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside the
device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more paper
jams are likely to occur.
3. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.
Avoid paper jams
To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.
Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable bag.
Ensure that paper loaded in the input tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or torn.
Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the input tray; the entire stack
of paper in the input tray must be the same size and type.
Adjust the paper-width guide in the input tray to fit snugly against all paper. Make sure
the paper-width guide does not bend the paper in the input tray.
Do not force paper too far forward in the input tray.
Use paper types that are recommended for the device. For more information, see
Understand specifications for supported media.
Errors
•
•
•
Printhead Problem
Incompatible Printhead
Printhead problem and advanced printhead maintenance
Errors
229
Chapter 9
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fax Memory Full
Device Disconnected
Ink Alert
Cartridge Problem
Cartridge Problem
Paper Mismatch
The cartridge cradle cannot move
Paper Jam
Paper Jam
The printer is out of paper
Incompatible Cartridge(s)
Printer Offline
Printer Paused
Sensor issue
Sensor failure
Previously used genuine HP cartridge
Ink Service Capacity Warning
Document failed to print
General printer error
Printhead Problem
The printhead appears to be missing or damaged
Use the following to correct the error:
Advanced printhead maintenance
Incompatible Printhead
The printhead installed is not intended for use in this printer, or it may be damaged
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
Advanced printhead maintenance
Supplies
Printhead problem and advanced printhead maintenance
This section covers the following topics:
•
•
Printhead problem - The following printhead has a problem
Advanced printhead maintenance
Printhead problem - The following printhead has a problem
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
230
Advanced printhead maintenance
Supplies
Maintain and troubleshoot
Advanced printhead maintenance
WARNING! Only reinstall the printhead as part of the procedure for Printhead
Problem error messages
To reinstall the printhead
1. Make sure that the product is turned on.
2. Open the ink cartridge door.
3. Remove all of the ink cartridges and place them on a piece of paper with the ink
opening pointing up.
4. Lift the latch handle on the print carriage.
Errors
231
Chapter 9
5. Remove the printhead by lifting it straight up.
6. Clean the printhead.
There are three areas of the printhead that need to be cleaned: the plastic ramps on
both sides of the ink nozzles, the edge between the nozzles and the electrical
contacts, and the electrical contacts.
1
Plastic ramps on the sides of the nozzles
2
Edge between nozzles and contacts
3
Electrical contacts
CAUTION: Touch the nozzle and the electrical contact areas only with cleaning
materials and not with your finger.
232
Maintain and troubleshoot
To clean the printhead
a. Lightly dampen a clean, lint-free cloth and wipe the electrical contact area from
the bottom to the top. Do not go past the edge between the nozzles and the
electrical contacts. Clean until no new ink shows on the cloth.
b. Use a fresh, lightly dampened, lint-free cloth to wipe any accumulated ink and
debris from the edge between the nozzles and the contacts.
c. Use a fresh, lightly dampened, lint-free cloth to wipe the plastic ramps on both
sides of the nozzles. Wipe away from the nozzles.
Errors
233
Chapter 9
d. Wipe the previously cleaned areas dry with a dry lint-free cloth before proceeding
to the next step.
7. Clean the electrical contacts inside the product.
To clean the electrical contacts in the product
a. Lightly dampen a clean, lint-free cloth with bottled or distilled water.
b. Clean the electrical contacts in the product by wiping with the cloth from top to
bottom. Use as many fresh, clean cloths as necessary. Clean until no ink shows
on the cloth.
c. Wipe the area dry with a dry lint-free cloth before proceeding to the next step.
8. Make sure the latch handle is raised, and then reinsert the printhead.
9. Carefully lower the latch handle.
NOTE: Make sure you lower the latch handle before reinserting the ink
cartridges. Leaving the latch handle raised can result in incorrectly seated ink
cartridges and problems printing. The latch must remain down in order to correctly
install the ink cartridges.
234
Maintain and troubleshoot
10. Using the colored shaped icons for help, slide the ink cartridge into the empty slot
until it clicks into place and is seated firmly in the slot.
11. Close the ink cartridge door.
Fax Memory Full
The device's memory is full
Use the following to correct the error:
Solve fax problems
Device Disconnected
Use the following to correct the error:
Hardware installation suggestions
Ink Alert
Choose your error
•
•
•
HP recommends you have a replacement available for when print quality becomes
no longer acceptable
The amount of ink in the following cartridge may be low enough to cause poor print
quality and cartridge changes may be required soon. HP recommends you have
replacement cartridges available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable
Ink system failure
Errors
235
Chapter 9
HP recommends you have a replacement available for when print quality becomes
no longer acceptable
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alerts, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
For information on recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling
program.
The amount of ink in the following cartridge may be low enough to cause poor print
quality and cartridge changes may be required soon. HP recommends you have
replacement cartridges available to install when print quality is no longer
acceptable
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alerts, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
For information on recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling
program.
Ink system failure
Use the following to correct the error:
Turn off the product, unplug the power cord, and wait 10 seconds. Then, plug the power
cord back in and turn on the product.
If you continue to receive this message, write down the error code provided in the
message on the product display, and then contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/
support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on
calling for technical support.
Cause: The printhead or the ink delivery system failed and the product can no longer
print.
236
Maintain and troubleshoot
Cartridge Problem
Choose your error
•
•
The following cartridge appears to be missing or damaged
Cartridge(s) in Wrong Slot - The following cartridges are in the wrong slots
The following cartridge appears to be missing or damaged
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alerts, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
For information on recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling
program.
Cartridge(s) in Wrong Slot - The following cartridges are in the wrong slots
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alerts, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
For information on recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling
program.
Cartridge Problem
The following cartridge has a problem
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
Paper Mismatch
Paper detected does not match paper size or type selected
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
•
Load media
Print on special and custom-sized media
Change print settings
Errors
237
Chapter 9
The cartridge cradle cannot move
Please turn device power off. Check device for a paper jam or other obstruction
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
Clear jams
Hardware installation suggestions
Paper Jam
There is a paper jam (or misfeed). Clear the jam and press the Resume button on
the printer
Use the following to correct the error:
Clear jams
Paper Jam
There is a paper jam (or misfeed) in the scan path. Clear the jam or re-insert the
document and restart the task.
Use the following to correct the error:
Clear jams
The printer is out of paper
Load more paper and press the Resume button on the front of the printer
Use the following to correct the error:
Load media
Incompatible Cartridge(s)
Choose your error
•
•
Incompatible Cartridge(s)
Incompatible Cartridge(s)
Incompatible Cartridge(s)
The following cartridge is not intended for use in this printer
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
Incompatible Cartridge(s)
The following cartridges are not intended for use in this printer as it is currently
configured
238
Maintain and troubleshoot
Use the following to correct the error:
•
•
•
Replace the ink cartridges
Supplies
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
Printer Offline
Your printer is currently offline
Use the following to correct the error:
To check if the printer is paused or offline (Windows)
1. Depending upon your operating system, do one of the following:
• Windows Vista: On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Control Panel, and
then click Printers.
• Windows XP: On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Control Panel, and then
click Printers and Faxes.
2. Double-click the icon for your product to open the print queue.
3. On the Printer menu, make sure there are no check marks next to Pause Printing
or Use Printer Offline.
4. If you made any changes, try to print again.
To check if the printer is paused or offline (Mac OS X)
1. Click System Preferences, click Print & Fax, and then click select the printer you
want to use.
2. Double-click the icon for your product to open the print queue.
3. If Hold is selected, click Resume.
4. If you made any changes, try to print again.
Printer Paused
Your printer is currently paused
Use the following to correct the error:
To check if the printer is paused or offline (Windows)
1. Depending upon your operating system, do one of the following:
• Windows Vista: On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Control Panel, and
then click Printers.
• Windows XP: On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Control Panel, and then
click Printers and Faxes.
2. Double-click the icon for your product to open the print queue.
3. On the Printer menu, make sure there are no check marks next to Pause Printing
or Use Printer Offline.
4. If you made any changes, try to print again.
Errors
239
Chapter 9
To check if the printer is paused or offline (Mac OS X)
1. Click System Preferences, click Print & Fax, and then click select the printer you
want to use.
2. Double-click the icon for your product to open the print queue.
3. If Hold is selected, click Resume.
4. If you made any changes, try to print again.
Sensor issue
There is a problem with sensing ink levels
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
Clean the sensor
Clean the sensor windows on the ink cartridges
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
Sensor failure
The ink sensor has failed. Printing can continue, but ink system behavior may
change
Try the following solutions to resolve the issue. Solutions are listed in order, with the most
likely solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the
remaining solutions until the issue is resolved.
•
•
•
Clean the sensor
Clean the sensor windows on the ink cartridges
Contact HP support for service.
Go to: www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information
on calling for technical support.
Previously used genuine HP cartridge
The following cartridges are previously used:
The genuine HP ink cartridge was previously used in some other product.
Check the print quality of the current print job. If it is not satisfactory, try cleaning the
printhead to see if that improves the quality.
Follow the prompts on the display or computer screen to continue.
For more information, see Clean the printhead.
NOTE: HP recommends that you do not leave the ink cartridge outside of the printer
for an extended period of time. If a used cartridge is installed, check the print quality.
If it is not satisfactory, run the cleaning procedure from the toolbox.
240
Maintain and troubleshoot
Ink Service Capacity Warning
Your printer has maximized the Ink Service Capacity.
If you are going to move or transport the product after receiving this message, make sure
you keep it upright and do not tip it on its side to avoid ink leakage.
Printing can continue, but ink system behavior might change.
The product has nearly maximized the ink service capacity.
Document failed to print
The job failed to print due to an error in the printing system.
Solve printing problems.
General printer error
If you are going to move or transport the product after receiving this message, make sure
you keep it upright and do not tip it on its side to avoid ink leakage. There was a problem
with the product.
Write down the error code provided in the message, and then contact HP support. Go to:
www.hp.com/support.
If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on
calling for technical support.
Errors
241
A
HP supplies and accessories
This section provides information on HP supplies and accessories for the device. The information is
subject to changes, visit the HP Web site (www.hpshopping.com) for the latest updates. You may
also make purchases through the Web site.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Order printing supplies online
•
Accessories
•
Supplies
Order printing supplies online
For a list of HP cartridge numbers that work with your printer, see the cover of the user manual that
came with your HP printer.
To order supplies online or create a printable shopping list, open the HP Solution Center desktop
icon that was installed by your HP printer software and click the 'Shopping' icon. Select 'Shop Online'
or 'Print My Shopping List'. HP Solution Center uploads, with your permission, printer information,
including model number, serial number, and estimated ink levels. The HP supplies that work in your
printer are pre-selected. You can change quantities, add or remove items, and then print the list or
purchase online at the HP Store or other online retailers (options differ by country/region). Cartridge
information and links to online shopping also appear on ink alert messages.
You can also order online by visiting www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted, choose your country/
region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then the supplies you need.
You can also order online via your embedded Web server: Click 'Order Supplies' button. Click 'Send'
to send printer information (such as model number, serial number and estimated ink levels) to HP,
and you will be re-directed to the HP SureSupply website for simple, smarter online ordering of HP
supplies.
NOTE: Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many
countries have information on ordering by telephone, locating a local store and printing a
shopping list. In addition, you can select the 'How to Buy' option at the top of the www.hp.com/
buy/supplies page to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country.
Accessories
HP Wireless Printing Upgrade
Kit
Q6236A, Q6259A
Upgrade non-wireless devices to use
802.11g wireless technology
HP Wireless G Print Server
Q6301A, Q6302A
802.11g print server for wireless
communication to a computer
Supplies
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
242
Supported ink cartridges
HP media
HP supplies and accessories
Supported ink cartridges
You can check the following places to find which cartridges are supported by the device:
•
The ink supplies label (located inside the printer, near the ink cartridges).
•
The HP SureSuppply Web site (www.hp.com/buy/supplies). For more information, see Order
printing supplies online.
•
The label of the ink cartridge you are replacing.
•
The HP software on your computer:
◦
Solution Center (Windows): Click Status, and then click Estimated Ink Levels. The My
Cartridges tab lists the currently installed cartridges. The All Cartridges tab lists all
supported cartridges for the device.
◦
◦
◦
•
Toolbox (Windows): Click the Estimated Ink Levels tab, and then click the Cartridge
Details button to view information about replacement ink cartridges.
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X): Open the Information and Support panel, and the click
Supply Info.
Embedded Web server: Click the Information tab, and then click Device Information in
the left pane.
The self-test diagnostic page. For more information, see Understand the printer status page.
NOTE: When replacing ink cartridges, make sure to use only replacement cartridges that have
the same cartridge number as the ink cartridge you are replacing.
HP media
To order media such as HP Advanced Photo Paper, go to www.hp.com.
Supplies
243
B
Support and warranty
The information in Maintain and troubleshoot suggests solutions to common problems. If your device
is not operating correctly and those suggestions did not solve your problem, try using one of the
following support services to obtain assistance.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Obtain electronic support
•
Warranty
•
Ink cartridge warranty information
•
Obtain HP telephone support
•
Prepare the device for shipment
•
Pack the device
Obtain electronic support
To find support and warranty information, go to the HP Web site at www.hp.com/support. If prompted,
choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical
support.
This Web site also offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and other options
such as:
•
Access online support pages.
•
Send HP an e-mail message for answers to your questions.
•
Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.
•
Check for software updates.
You can also obtain support from the Toolbox (Windows) or HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X), which
provide easy, step-by-step solutions to common printing problems. For more information, see
Toolbox (Windows) or HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X).
Support options and availability vary by product, country/region, and language.
244
Support and warranty
Warranty
Warranty
245
Appendix B
Ink cartridge warranty information
The HP cartridge warranty is applicable when the product is used in its designated HP printing device.
This warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled, remanufactured, refurbished,
misused, or tampered with.
During the warranty period the product is covered as long as the HP ink is not depleted and the end
of warranty date has not been reached. The end of warranty date, in YYYY-MM format, may be found
on the product as indicated:
For a copy of the HP Limited Warranty Statement, see the printed documentation that came with the
product.
246
Support and warranty
Obtain HP telephone support
During the warranty period, you may obtain assistance from the HP Customer Care Center.
NOTE: HP does not provide telephone support for Linux printing. All support is provided online
at the following web site: https://launchpad.net/hplip. Click the Ask a question button to begin
the support process.
The HPLIP Web site does not provide suppport for Windows or Mac OS X. If you are using these
operating systems, see www.hp.com/support.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Support process
•
Before you call
•
HP support by phone
•
Additional warranty options
•
HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)
•
HP Korea customer support
Support process
If you have a problem, follow these steps
1. Check the documentation that came with the device.
2.
Visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/support. HP online support is available to
all HP customers. It is the fastest source for up-to-date device information and expert assistance
and includes the following features:
•
3.
Fast access to qualified online support specialists
•
Software and driver updates for the HP all-in-one
•
Valuable troubleshooting information for common problems
•
Proactive device updates, support alerts, and HP newsgrams that are available when you
register the HP all-in-one
Call HP support. Support options and availability vary by device, country/region, and language.
Before you call
Visit the HP Web site (www.hp.com/support) for the latest troubleshooting information, or product
fixes and updates.
Software programs from other companies might be included with the HP All-in-One. If you experience
problems with any of those programs, you will receive the best technical assistance by calling the
experts at that company.
NOTE: This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan).
To assist our Customer Care Center representatives to serve you better, prepare the following
information if you need to call HP.
1.
Print the self-test diagnostic page of the device. For more information, see Understand the
printer status page. If the device does not print, get the following information ready:
•
Device model number. For more information, see Finding the device model number.
•
Serial number (check the back of the device)
2.
Check the operating system that you are using, such as Windows XP.
3.
If the device is connected to the network, check the network operating system.
4.
Note how the device is connected to your system, such as through USB or network connection.
Obtain HP telephone support
247
Appendix B
5.
Obtain the version number of the printer software. (To find the version number of the printer
driver, open the printer settings or properties dialog box, and click the About tab.)
6.
If you have a problem printing from a particular application, note the application and version
number.
HP support by phone
'The phone support numbers and associated costs listed here are those in effect at time of publication
and are applicable only for calls made on a land line. Different rates may apply for mobile phones.
For the most current HP list of telephone support numbers and call costs information, see
www.hp.com/support.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Phone support period
•
Telephone support numbers
•
Placing a call
•
After the phone support period
Phone support period
One year of phone support is available in North America, Asia Pacific, and Latin America (including
Mexico).
To determine the duration of phone support in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, go to
www.hp.com/support. Standard phone company charges apply.
248
Support and warranty
Telephone support numbers
For the most current list of telephone support numbers, see www.hp.com/support.
www.hp.com/support
$IULFD(QJOLVKVSHDNLQJ
$IULTXHIUDQFRSKRQH
$UJHQWLQD%XHQRV$LUHV
$UJHQWLQD
$XVWUDOLD
$XVWUDOLDRXWRIZDUUDQW\
˜VWHUUHLFK
%HOJL­
%HOJLTXH
%UDVLO6DR3DXOR
%UDVLO
&DQDGD
&HQWUDO$PHULFD7KH
&DULEEHDQ
&KLOH
Ё೑
Ё೑
&RORPELD%RJRW£
&RORPELD
&RVWD5LFD
ÎHVN£UHSXEOLND
'DQPDUN
(FXDGRU$QGLQDWHO
(FXDGRU3DFLILWHO
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
೼SP
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‬
೼
೼
KSLQYHQW
ZZZKSFRPVXSSRUW
'..
℡
℡
‫ﻣﺼﺮ‬
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞˞˭˹˱ˬˢ˫˶˱ˢˮ˦˧˹
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞ˢ˪˱˹˯˃˨˨˙ˡ˞˯
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞˞˭˹̱˺˭ˮˬ
*XDWHPDOD
佭␃⡍߹㸠ᬓऔ
೼
೼
೼DXVGHPGHXWVFKHQ
)HVWQHW]EHL$QUXIHQDXV
0RELOIXQNQHW]HQN¸QQHQ
DQGHUH3UHLVHJHOWHQ
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‬
(O6DOYDGRU
(VSD³D
)UDQFH
'HXWVFKODQG
0DJ\DURUV]£J
,QGLD
,QGLD
,QGRQHVLD
,UHODQG
೼
‫ישראל‬
,WDOLD
೼
-DPDLFD
㡴㦻
㡴㦻
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
뼑霢
/X[HPERXUJ)UDQ©DLV
೼
/X[HPEXUJ'HXWVFK
೼
0DOD\VLD
0DXULWLXV
0«[LFR&LXGDGGH0«[LFR 0«[LFR
0DURF
1HGHUODQG
೼
1HZ=HDODQG
1LJHULD
1RUJH
12.
‫ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
3DQDP£
3DUDJXD\
3HU¼
3KLOLSSLQHV
3ROVND
3RUWXJDO
೼
3XHUWR5LFR
5HS¼EOLFD'RPLQLFDQD
5HXQLRQ
5RP¤QLD
̷͕͘͘͏̳͕͉͇ͦ͑͘
೼
̷͕͘͘͏̸͇͔͙ͦ͑
̶͙͈͚͌͌͗͗͊
೼
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
6LQJDSRUH
6ORYHQVNR
6RXWK$IULFD56$
6XRPL
೼
6YHULJH
6(.
6ZLW]HUODQG
&+)
㟎☷
ࡷࡎ࡙
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
7ULQLGDG7REDJR
7¾UNL\HòVWDQEXO$QNDUD ò]PLU%XUVD
̺͇͔͇͑͗ͭ
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
8QLWHG.LQJGRP
8QLWHG6WDWHV
8UXJXD\
9HQH]XHOD&DUDFDV
9HQH]XHOD
9L¬W1DP
e
Obtain HP telephone support
249
Appendix B
Placing a call
Call HP support while you are in front of the computer and the HP all-in-one. Be prepared to provide
the following information:
•
Model number (located on the label on the front of the device)
NOTE: In addition to the model name that appears on the front of the device, this device
has a specific model number. You can use this number to help determine which supplies or
accessories are available for your product, as well as when obtaining support. The model
number is printed on a label located inside the device near the ink cartridges area.
•
Serial number (located on the back or bottom of the device)
•
Messages that appear when the situation occurs
•
Answers to these questions:
◦
Has this situation happened before?
◦
Can you re-create it?
◦
Did you add any new hardware or software to your computer at about the time that this
situation began?
◦
Did anything else occur prior to this situation (such as a thunderstorm, HP all-in-one was
moved, etc.)?
After the phone support period
After the phone support period, help is available from HP at an additional cost. Help may also be
available at the HP online support Web site: www.hp.com/support. Contact your HP dealer or call
the support phone number for your country/region to learn more about support options.
Additional warranty options
Extended service plans are available for the HP all-in-one at additional costs. Go to www.hp.com/
support, select your country/region and language, then explore the services and warranty area for
information about the extended service plans.
250
Support and warranty
HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)
For instructions on how to pack your product for exchange, see Pack the device.
HP Korea customer support
Obtain HP telephone support
251
Appendix B
Prepare the device for shipment
If after contacting HP Customer Support or returning to the point of purchase, you are requested to
send the device in for service, make sure you remove and keep the following items before returning
your device:
•
The control-panel faceplate
•
•
The duplexer
The output tray
•
The power cord, USB cable, and any other cable connected to the device
•
•
Any paper loaded in the input tray
Remove any originals you might have loaded in the device
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Remove the device control-panel faceplate
Remove the rear access panel or duplexer
•
Remove the output tray
Remove the device control-panel faceplate
NOTE: This information does not apply to customers in Japan.
CAUTION: The device must be unplugged before following these steps.
CAUTION: The replacement device will not be shipped with a power cord. Store the power
cord in a safe place until the replacement arrives.
To remove the control-panel faceplate
1. Press the Power button to turn off the device.
2.
252
Unplug the power cord, and then disconnect it from the device. Do not return the power cord
with the device.
Support and warranty
3.
Remove the control-panel faceplate as follows:
a.
Lift the scanner lid.
b. Use either your finger or insert a thin object in the tab on the upper right corner of the controlpanel faceplate to pry the control-panel faceplate off.
Prepare the device for shipment
253
Appendix B
4.
Retain the control-panel faceplate. Do not return the control-panel faceplate with the HP all-inone.
CAUTION: The replacement device might not come with a control-panel faceplate. Store
your control-panel faceplate in a safe place, and when the replacement device arrives,
reattach your control-panel faceplate. You must attach your control-panel faceplate to use
the control-panel functions on the replacement device.
NOTE: See the setup poster that came with the device for instructions on how to attach
your control-panel faceplate. The replacement device might come with instructions for
setting up your device.
Remove the rear access panel or duplexer
Remove the duplexer before shipping the device.
▲ Push the button on either side of the rear access panel or the duplexer, and then remove the
panel or unit.
Remove the output tray
Remove the output tray before shipping the device.
▲ Lift the output tray, and gently pull it out of the device.
254
Support and warranty
Pack the device
Complete the following steps after you have prepared the device for shipment.
To pack the device
1. If available, pack the device for shipment by using the original packaging materials, or use the
packaging materials that came with your replacement device.
If you do not have the original packaging materials, please use other adequate packaging
materials. Shipping damage caused by improper packaging and/or improper transportation is
not covered under the warranty.
2.
Place the return shipping label on the outside of the box.
3.
Include the following items in the box:
•
A complete description of symptoms for service personnel (samples of print quality problems
are helpful).
•
A copy of the sales slip or other proof of purchase to establish the warranty coverage period.
•
Your name, address, and a phone number where you can be reached during the day.
Pack the device
255
C
Device specifications
For media and media-handling specifications, see Understand specifications for supported media.
This section contains the following topics:
Physical specifications
•
•
Product features and capacities
•
•
Processor and memory specifications
System requirements
•
Network protocol specifications
•
•
Embedded Web server specifications
Print specifications
•
Copy specifications
•
•
Fax specifications
Scan specifications
•
Environmental specifications
•
•
Electrical specifications
Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779)
•
Memory card specifications
Physical specifications
Size (width x depth x height)
Device with A4/Letter-size scanner glass and duplexer: 476 x 473 x 258 mm (19.0 x 18.9 x 10.3
inches)
Device weight (including print supplies)
Device with A4/Letter-size scanner glass and duplexer: 8.6 kg (19 lb)
Product features and capacities
256
Feature
Capacity
Connectivity
•
•
•
Ink cartridges
Four ink cartridges (black, yellow, magenta,
cyan)
Supply yields
Visit www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies/ for
more information on estimated ink cartridge
yields.
Device languages
HP PCL 3
Font support
US fonts: CG Times, CG Times Italic, Universe,
Universe Italic, Courier, Courier Italic, Letter
Gothic, Letter Gothic Italic.
Duty cycle
Up to 7000 pages per month
Device specifications
USB 2.0-compliant high speed
Wireless 802.11b/g
Wired network
(continued)
Feature
Capacity
Device control panel language support
Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
English, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,
Russian, Simplified Chinese, Slovak,
Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Traditional
Chinese, Turkish, Ukrainian.
Language availability varies by country/region.
Processor and memory specifications
Device processor
192 MHz ARM946ES, ETM9 (medium)
Device memory
64 MB built-in RAM, 32 MB built-in Flash ROM
System requirements
NOTE: For the most current information about supported operating systems and system
requirements, visit http://www.hp.com/support/.
Operating system compatibility
•
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows XP x64, Windows Vista
NOTE: For Windows 2000 SP 4, Windows XP x64 Edition SP 1, Windows XP SP 1 Starter
Edition, and Windows Vista Starter Edition only printer driver, scanner driver, and the
Toolbox are available. Also, if you are using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet
6500 (E709r), copying is not supported. To determine the model you have, see Finding the
device model number.
•
Mac OS X (10.4, 10.5)
•
Linux (For more information, see www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting).
Minimum requirements
•
Microsoft Windows® 2000 Service Pack 4: Intel® Pentium II or Celeron® processor, 128 MB
RAM, 200 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0
•
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 1: Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB
RAM, 410 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0
•
Microsoft® Windows x64 Service Pack 1: AMD Athlon 64 or AMD Opteron processor, Intel Xeon
or Pentium processor with Intel EM64T support, 512MB RAM, 290 MB free hard disk space,
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0
•
Microsoft Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 512 MB RAM, 425
MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0
•
Mac OS X (v10.4.11, v10.5): PowerPC G3, G4, G5, or Intel Core processor, 256 MB memory,
500 MB free hard disk space
•
Quick Time 5.0 or later (Mac OS X)
•
Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or later
System requirements
257
Appendix C
Recommended requirements
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Service Pack 4: Intel Pentium III or higher processor, 256 MB RAM,
200 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
•
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 1: Intel Pentium III or higher processor, 512MB
RAM, 500 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
•
Microsoft® Windows® XP x64 Service Pack 1: AMD Athlon 64 or AMD Opteron processor, Intel
Xeon processor with Intel EM64T support, or Intel Pentium 4 processor with Intel EM64T
support, 512MB RAM, 290 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
•
Microsoft Windows Vista: 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 1 GB RAM, 470 MB free
hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0 or later
•
Mac OS X (v10.4.11, v10.5): PowerPC G3, G4, G5, or Intel Core processor, 512 MB memory,
500 MB free hard disk space
•
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later (Windows 2000, Windows XP); Internet Explorer
7.0 or later (Windows Vista)
Network protocol specifications
Network operating system compatibility
•
Windows 2000, Windows XP (32-bit), Windows XP x64 (Professional and Home Editions),
Windows Vista (32-bit) & (64-bit) [Ultimate, Enterprise & Business Edition]
•
Mac OS X (10.4, 10.5)
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature
Release 3
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.5
•
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature
Release 3
Microsoft Windows 2003 Small Business Server Terminal Services
•
Novell Netware 6, 6.5, Open Enterprise Server 6.5
Compatible network protocols
TCP/IP
Network management
Embedded Web server
Features
Ability to remotely configure and manage network devices
Embedded Web server specifications
Requirements
•
A TCP/IP-based network (IPX/SPX-based networks are not supported)
•
•
258
A Web browser (either Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher, Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or higher,
Opera 8.0 or higher, or Safari 1.2, or higher)
A network connection (you cannot use the embedded Web server connected directly to a
computer with a USB cable)
Device specifications
•
An Internet connection (required for some features)
NOTE: You can open the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet.
However, some features will not be available.
•
It must be on the same side of a firewall as the device.
Print specifications
Black print resolution
Up to 1200 dpi with pigmented black ink
Color print resolution
HP enhanced photo quality (up to 4800 by 1200 dpi Optimized on HP Advanced Photo papers with
1200 x 1200 input dpi)
Copy specifications
•
Digital image processing
•
Up to 100 copies from original (varies by model)
•
Digital zoom: from 25 to 400% (varies by model)
•
Fit to page, pre-scan
•
Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
NOTE: To make a copy using an HP Officejet 6500 (E709d) or HP Officejet 6500 (E709r), the
HP All-in-One must be connected to a computer, the computer must be turned on and you must
be logged on. The software must be installed and running. Also, the HP Digital Imaging
Monitor in the Windows Taskbar must be installed and turned on at all times. On a Macintosh
computer, once the software is installed, it is always available when you turn on the computer.
To determine the model you have, see Finding the device model number
Mode
Type
Scan resolution (dpi)
Best
Black
up to 600 x 1200
Color
up to 600 x 1200
Black
up to 300 x 300
Color
up to 300 x 300
Black
up to 300 x 300
Color
up to 300 x 300
Normal
Fast
Fax specifications
•
Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability.
•
Up to 110 speed dials (varies by model).
•
Up to 120-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution takes longer and uses more memory.
•
•
Manual fax send and receive.
Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model).
•
Automatic no-answer redial one time (varies by model).
Fax specifications
259
Appendix C
•
Confirmation and activity reports.
•
CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode.
•
33.6 Kbps transmission.
•
3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard resolution).
More complicated pages or higher resolution take longer and use more memory.
•
Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching.
Photo (dpi)
Very Fine (dpi)
Fine (dpi)
Standard (dpi)
Black
196 x 203 (8-bit
grayscale)
300 x 300
196 x 203
196 x 98
Color
200 x 200
200 x 200
200 x 200
200 x 200
Fax to PC Specifications
•
Supported file type: Uncompressed TIFF
•
Supported fax types: black-and-white faxes
Scan specifications
•
Image editor included
•
Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text
•
Scan speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
•
Twain-compliant interface
•
Resolution: 2400 x 4800 ppi optical, up to 19,200 ppi enhanced
•
Color: 16-bit per RGB color, 48-bit total
•
Maximum scan size from glass: 216 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 inches)
•
Maximum scan size from ADF: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
Environmental specifications
Operating environment
Operating temperature: 5° to 40° C (41° to 104° F)
Recommended operating conditions: 15° to 32° C (59° to 90° F)
Recommended relative humidity: 25 to 75% noncondensing
Storage environment
Storage temperature: -40° to 60° C (-40° to 140° F)
Storage relative humidity: Up to 90% noncondensing at a temperature of 60° C (140° F)
Electrical specifications
Power supply
Universal power adapter (external)
Power requirements
Input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC (± 10%), 50/60 Hz (± 3Hz)
Output voltage: 32 Vdc at 1560 mA
Power consumption
28.4 watts printing (Fast Draft Mode); 32.5 watts copying (Fast Draft Mode)
260
Device specifications
Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels per
ISO 7779)
Sound pressure (bystander position)
LpAd 55 (dBA)
Sound power
LwAd 6.9 (BA)
Memory card specifications
•
•
Maximum recommended number of files on a memory card: 1,000
Maximum recommended individual file size: 12 megapixel maximum, 8 MB maximum
•
Maximum recommended memory card size: 1 GB (solid state only)
NOTE: Approaching any of the recommended maximums on a memory card might cause the
performance of the device to be slower than expected.
Supported memory card types
•
Memory Stick, Memory Stck Duo, Memory Stick Pro, MagicGate Memory Stick Duo
•
Memory Stick Micro (requires adapter, sold separately)
•
Secure Digital
•
High Capacity Secure Digital
•
miniSD, microSD (requires adapter, sold separately)
•
MultiMediaCard (MMC), Secure MultiMediaCard
•
Reduced-Size MultiMediaCard (RS-MMC), MMC Mobile, MMCmicro (requires adapter, sold
separately)
•
xD-Picture Card
Memory card specifications
261
D
Regulatory information
The device meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.
This section contains the following topics:
FCC statement
•
262
•
Notice to users in Korea
•
•
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord
•
Toxic and hazardous substance table
•
•
LED indicator statement
Noise emission statement for Germany
•
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
•
•
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
•
Notice to users of the German telephone network
•
•
Regulatory information for wireless products (some models only)
Australia wired fax statement
•
Regulatory model number
•
•
Declaration of conformity
Environmental product stewardship program
•
Third-party licenses
Regulatory information
FCC statement
FCC statement
The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified
that the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can
be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct
the interference by one or more of the following measures:
•
•
•
•
Reorient the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
For further information, contact:
Manager of Corporate Product Regulations
Hewlett-Packard Company
3000 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, Ca 94304
(650) 857-1501
Modifications (part 15.21)
The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this
device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Notice to users in Korea
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
263
Appendix D
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord
Toxic and hazardous substance table
LED indicator statement
LED indicator statement
The display LEDs meet the requirements of EN 60825-1.
Noise emission statement for Germany
Geräuschemission
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19
264
Regulatory information
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that
contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent
Number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone
company.
An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using
a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the
telephone network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC
RJ-11C.
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone
line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices
on one line might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not
all, areas the sum of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the
number of devices you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call
your local telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance
notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of
your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes
in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation
of your equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the
opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service. If you experience trouble with this equipment,
please contact the manufacturer, or look elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair
information. Your telephone company might ask you to disconnect this equipment from the
network until the problem has been corrected or until you are sure that the equipment is not
malfunctioning.
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making
test calls to emergency numbers:
•
Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.
•
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.
Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable
to this equipment.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless
such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page
or on the first page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the
business, other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number
of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number
provided might not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local
or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax
machine, you should complete the steps described in the software.
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
265
Appendix D
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique
canadien/Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux
d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil.
L’abréviation IC qui précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été
effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications
techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie
en aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées
à la terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique
d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution
est particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.
Remarque Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque
appareil terminal fournit une indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui
peuvent être connectés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une
interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison d’appareils, à
condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not
imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the
power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are
connected together. This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.
Note The REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) assigned to each terminal device
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist
of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the
Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.
The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.
266
Regulatory information
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication
Networks (PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.
Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use
the equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product
was purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product
support is necessary.
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive
1999/5/EC (annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched
telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs
provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional
assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point.
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the
unlikely event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this
equipment only with the DTMF tone dial setting.
Notice to users of the German telephone network
Hinweis für Benutzer des deutschen Telefonnetzwerks
Dieses HP-Fax ist nur für den Anschluss eines analogen Public Switched Telephone Network
(PSTN) gedacht. Schließen Sie den TAE N-Telefonstecker, der im Lieferumfang des
HP All-in-One enthalten ist, an die Wandsteckdose (TAE 6) Code N an. Dieses HP-Fax kann
als einzelnes Gerät und/oder in Verbindung (mit seriellem Anschluss) mit anderen zugelassenen Endgeräten verwendet werden.
Regulatory information for wireless products (some models only)
This section contains the following regulatory information pertaining to wireless products:
•
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
•
Notice to users in Brazil
•
Notice to users in Canada
•
Notice to users in Taiwan
•
European Union regulatory notice
Regulatory information for wireless products (some models only)
267
Appendix D
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
Caution The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio
frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner
that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This
product and any attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such
a manner to minimize the potential for human contact during normal operation. In
order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure
limits, human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20 cm (8 inches)
during normal operation.
Notice to users in Brazil
Aviso aos usuários no Brasil
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito à proteção
contra interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar
interferência a sistemas operando em caráter primário. (Res.ANATEL 282/2001).
Notice to users in Canada
Notice to users in Canada/Note à l'attention des utilisateurs canadiens
For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise
emissions from the digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the
Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS
210 and RSS GEN of Industry Canada.
Utiliser à l'intérieur. Le présent appareil numérique n'émet pas de bruit radioélectrique
dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans
le Règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des Communications
du Canada. Le composant RF interne est conforme a la norme RSS-210 and RSS GEN
d'Industrie Canada.
Notice to users in Taiwan
268
Regulatory information
European Union regulatory notice
European Union Regulatory Notice
Products bearing the CE marking comply with the following EU Directives:
•
•
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
CE compliance of this product is valid only if powered with the correct CE-marked AC
adapter provided by HP.
If this product has telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the essential
requirements of the following EU Directive:
•
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to harmonized European standards
(European Norms) that are listed in the EU Declaration of Conformity issued by HP for this
product or product family. This compliance is indicated by the following conformity
marking placed on the product.
The wireless telecommunications functionality of this product may be used in the following
EU and EFTA countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic,
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
Products with 2.4-GHz wireless LAN devices
France
For 2.4 GHz Wireless LAN operation of this product certain restrictions apply: This
product may be used indoor for the entire 2400-2483.5 MHz frequency band (channels
1-13). For outdoor use, only 2400-2454 MHz frequency band (channels 1-9) may be used.
For the latest requirements, see http://www.art-telecom.fr.
Italy
License required for use. Verify with your dealer or directly with the General Direction for
Frequency Planning and Management (Direzione Generale Pianificazione e Gestione
Frequenze).
Australia wired fax statement
In Australia, the HP device must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line
cord which meets the requirements of the Technical Standard AS/ACIF S008.
Regulatory model number
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. The
Regulatory Model Number for your product is SNPRC-0801-01 (HP Officejet 6500 Wireless
All-in-One or HP Officejet 6500 Premier All-in-One) or SNPRC-0801-02 (HP Officejet 6500
Regulatory model number
269
Appendix D
All-in-One) . This regulatory number should not be confused with the marketing name (HP Officejet
6500 All-in-One) or product number.
270
Regulatory information
Declaration of conformity
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1
Supplier’s Name:
Hewlett-Packard Company
Supplier’s Address:
60, Alexandra Terrace, # 07-01 The Comtech, Singapore 118502
DoC#: SNPRC-0801-01-A
declares, that the product
Product Name:
HP Officejet 6500 All-In-One Series
Regulatory Model Number:1)
SNPRC-0801-01
Product Options:
All
Radio Module Number:
RSVLD-0707
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:
SAFETY:
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1:2001 + A11: 2004
EN 60825-1 1994+A1:2002+A2: 2001
EMC:
CISPR 22:2005/ EN 55022: 2006 Class B
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003
EN 61000-3-2: 2000 + A2: 2005
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B
TELECOM:
EN 301 489-1 V1.6.1:2005 / EN 301 489-17 V1.2.1:2002
EN 300 328 V1.7.1 : 2006
TBR 21: 19983)
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68
TIA-968-A-1 +A-2 +A-3+A-4 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005
Supplementary Information:
1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The Regulatory
Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number should not be
confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.
2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
& the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the CE-marking accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive
2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3,
clause 4.7.1.
4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.
Singapore
April 2008
Local contact for regulatory topics only:
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501
Declaration of conformity
271
Appendix D
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1
Supplier’s Name:
Hewlett-Packard Company
Supplier’s Address:
60, Alexandra Terrace, # 07-01 The Comtech, Singapore 118502
DoC#: SNPRC-0801-02-A
declares, that the product
Product Name:
HP Officejet 6500 All-In-One Series
Regulatory Model Number:1)
SNPRC-0801-02
Product Options:
All
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:
SAFETY:
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1:2001 + A11: 2004
EN 60825-1 1994+A1:2002+A2: 2001
EMC:
CISPR 22:2005/ EN 55022: 2006 Class B
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003
EN 61000-3-2: 2000 + A2: 2005
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B
TELECOM:
TBR 21: 19983)
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68
TIA-968-A-1 +A-2 +A-3+A-4 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005
Supplementary Information:
1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The Regulatory
Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number should not be
confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.
2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
& the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the CE-marking accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive
2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3,
clause 4.7.1.
4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.
Singapore
April 2008
Local contact for regulatory topics only:
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501
272
Regulatory information
Environmental product stewardship program
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.
Design for recycling has been incorporated into this product. The number of materials has been kept
to a minimum while ensuring proper functionality and reliability. Dissimilar materials have been
designed to separate easily. Fasteners and other connections are easy to locate, access, and
remove using common tools. High priority parts have been designed to access quickly for efficient
disassembly and repair.
For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment Web site at:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Paper use
Plastics
•
Material safety data sheets
•
•
Recycling program
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
•
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union
•
•
Power consumption
Chemical Substances
Paper use
This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309 and EN 12281:2002.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability
to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of product life.
Material safety data sheets
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP Web site at:
www.hp.com/go/msds
Recycling program
HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries/regions,
and partners with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world. HP
conserves resources by reselling some of its most popular products. For more information regarding
recycling of HP products, please visit:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used print cartridges and ink cartridges
free of charge. For more information, go to the following Web site:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/
Environmental product stewardship program
273
Appendix D
English
Français
Deutsch
Italiano
Español
Česky
Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení uživateli v domácnosti v zemích EU
Tato značka na produktu nebo na jeho obalu označuje, že tento produkt nesmí být likvidován prostým vyhozením do běžného domovního odpadu. Odpovídáte za to, že vysloužilé
zařízení bude předáno k likvidaci do stanovených sběrných míst určených k recyklaci vysloužilých elektrických a elektronických zařízení. Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení samostatným
sběrem a recyklací napomáhá zachování přírodních zdrojů a zajišťuje, že recyklace proběhne způsobem chránícím lidské zdraví a životní prostředí. Další informace o tom, kam můžete
vysloužilé zařízení předat k recyklaci, můžete získat od úřadů místní samosprávy, od společnosti provádějící svoz a likvidaci domovního odpadu nebo v obchodě, kde jste produkt
zakoupili.
Dansk
Bortskaffelse af affaldsudstyr for brugere i private husholdninger i EU
Dette symbol på produktet eller på dets emballage indikerer, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med andet husholdningsaffald. I stedet er det dit ansvar at bortskaffe affaldsudstyr
ved at aflevere det på dertil beregnede indsamlingssteder med henblik på genbrug af elektrisk og elektronisk affaldsudstyr. Den separate indsamling og genbrug af dit affaldsudstyr på
tidspunktet for bortskaffelse er med til at bevare naturlige ressourcer og sikre, at genbrug finder sted på en måde, der beskytter menneskers helbred samt miljøet. Hvis du vil vide mere
om, hvor du kan aflevere dit affaldsudstyr til genbrug, kan du kontakte kommunen, det lokale renovationsvæsen eller den forretning, hvor du købte produktet.
Nederlands
Afvoer van afgedankte apparatuur door gebruikers in particuliere huishoudens in de Europese Unie
Dit symbool op het product of de verpakking geeft aan dat dit product niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Het is uw verantwoordelijkheid uw afgedankte apparatuur
af te leveren op een aangewezen inzamelpunt voor de verwerking van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur. De gescheiden inzameling en verwerking van uw afgedankte
apparatuur draagt bij tot het sparen van natuurlijke bronnen en tot het hergebruik van materiaal op een wijze die de volksgezondheid en het milieu beschermt. Voor meer informatie over
waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst of de winkel waar u het product
hebt aangeschaft.
Eesti
Eramajapidamistes kasutuselt kõrvaldatavate seadmete käitlemine Euroopa Liidus
Kui tootel või toote pakendil on see sümbol, ei tohi seda toodet visata olmejäätmete hulka. Teie kohus on viia tarbetuks muutunud seade selleks ettenähtud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete
utiliseerimiskohta. Utiliseeritavate seadmete eraldi kogumine ja käitlemine aitab säästa loodusvarasid ning tagada, et käitlemine toimub inimeste tervisele ja keskkonnale ohutult.
Lisateavet selle kohta, kuhu saate utiliseeritava seadme käitlemiseks viia, saate küsida kohalikust omavalitsusest, olmejäätmete utiliseerimispunktist või kauplusest, kust te seadme
ostsite.
Suomi
Hävitettävien laitteiden käsittely kotitalouksissa Euroopan unionin alueella
Tämä tuotteessa tai sen pakkauksessa oleva merkintä osoittaa, että tuotetta ei saa hävittää talousjätteiden mukana. Käyttäjän velvollisuus on huolehtia siitä, että hävitettävä laite
toimitetaan sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Hävitettävien laitteiden erillinen keräys ja kierrätys säästää luonnonvaroja. Näin toimimalla varmistetaan myös,
että kierrätys tapahtuu tavalla, joka suojelee ihmisten terveyttä ja ympäristöä. Saat tarvittaessa lisätietoja jätteiden kierrätyspaikoista paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jäteyhtiöiltä tai tuotteen
jälleenmyyjältä.
Ελληνικά
Απόρριψη άχρηστων συσκευών στην Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση
Το παρόν σύμβολο στον εξοπλισμό ή στη συσκευασία του υποδεικνύει ότι το προϊόν αυτό δεν πρέπει να πεταχτεί μαζί με άλλα οικιακά απορρίμματα. Αντίθετα, ευθύνη σας είναι να
απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές σε μια καθορισμένη μονάδα συλλογής απορριμμάτων για την ανακύκλωση άχρηστου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού. Η χωριστή συλλογή και
ανακύκλωση των άχρηστων συσκευών θα συμβάλει στη διατήρηση των φυσικών πόρων και στη διασφάλιση ότι θα ανακυκλωθούν με τέτοιον τρόπο, ώστε να προστατεύεται η υγεία των
ανθρώπων και το περιβάλλον. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πού μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με τις κατά τόπους αρμόδιες
αρχές ή με το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το προϊόν.
Magyar
A hulladékanyagok kezelése a magánháztartásokban az Európai Unióban
Ez a szimbólum, amely a terméken vagy annak csomagolásán van feltüntetve, azt jelzi, hogy a termék nem kezelhető együtt az egyéb háztartási hulladékkal. Az Ön feladata,
hogy a készülék hulladékanyagait eljuttassa olyan kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre, amely az elektromos hulladékanyagok és az elektronikus berendezések újrahasznosításával foglalkozik.
A hulladékanyagok elkülönített gyűjtése és újrahasznosítása hozzájárul a természeti erőforrások megőrzéséhez, egyúttal azt is biztosítja, hogy a hulladék újrahasznosítása az
egészségre és a környezetre nem ártalmas módon történik. Ha tájékoztatást szeretne kapni azokról a helyekről, ahol leadhatja újrahasznosításra a hulladékanyagokat, forduljon
a helyi önkormányzathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtésével foglalkozó vállalathoz vagy a termék forgalmazójához.
Latviski
Lietotāju atbrīvošanās no nederīgām ierīcēm Eiropas Savienības privātajās mājsaimniecībās
Šis simbols uz ierīces vai tās iepakojuma norāda, ka šo ierīci nedrīkst izmest kopā ar pārējiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūs esat atbildīgs par atbrīvošanos no nederīgās ierīces,
to nododot norādītajā savākšanas vietā, lai tiktu veikta nederīgā elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma otrreizējā pārstrāde. Speciāla nederīgās ierīces savākšana un otrreizējā pārstrāde
palīdz taupīt dabas resursus un nodrošina tādu otrreizējo pārstrādi, kas sargā cilvēku veselību un apkārtējo vidi. Lai iegūtu papildu informāciju par to, kur otrreizējai pārstrādei var
nogādāt nederīgo ierīci, lūdzu, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, mājsaimniecības atkritumu savākšanas dienestu vai veikalu, kurā iegādājāties šo ierīci.
Lietuviškai
Europos Sąjungos vartotojų ir privačių namų ūkių atliekamos įrangos išmetimas
Šis simbolis ant produkto arba jo pakuotės nurodo, kad produktas negali būti išmestas kartu su kitomis namų ūkio atliekomis. Jūs privalote išmesti savo atliekamą įrangą atiduodami ją
į atliekamos elektronikos ir elektros įrangos perdirbimo punktus. Jei atliekama įranga bus atskirai surenkama ir perdirbama, bus išsaugomi natūralūs ištekliai ir užtikrinama, kad įranga
yra perdirbta žmogaus sveikatą ir gamtą tausojančiu būdu. Dėl informacijos apie tai, kur galite išmesti atliekamą perdirbti skirtą įrangą kreipkitės į atitinkamą vietos tarnybą, namų ūkio
atliekų išvežimo tarnybą arba į parduotuvę, kurioje pirkote produktą.
Utylizacja zużytego sprzętu przez użytkowników domowych w Unii Europejskiej
Symbol ten umieszczony na produkcie lub opakowaniu oznacza, że tego produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z innymi odpadami domowymi. Użytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za
dostarczenie zużytego sprzętu do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych. Gromadzenie osobno i recykling tego typu odpadów
przyczynia się do ochrony zasobów naturalnych i jest bezpieczny dla zdrowia i środowiska naturalnego. Dalsze informacje na temat sposobu utylizacji zużytych urządzeń można
uzyskać u odpowiednich władz lokalnych, w przedsiębiorstwie zajmującym się usuwaniem odpadów lub w miejscu zakupu produktu.
Descarte de equipamentos por usuários em residências da União Européia
Este símbolo no produto ou na embalagem indica que o produto não pode ser descartado junto com o lixo doméstico. No entanto, é sua responsabilidade levar os equipamentos
a serem descartados a um ponto de coleta designado para a reciclagem de equipamentos eletro-eletrônicos. A coleta separada e a reciclagem dos equipamentos no momento do
descarte ajudam na conservação dos recursos naturais e garantem que os equipamentos serão reciclados de forma a proteger a saúde das pessoas e o meio ambiente. Para obter mais
informações sobre onde descartar equipamentos para reciclagem, entre em contato com o escritório local de sua cidade, o serviço de limpeza pública de seu bairro ou a loja em que
adquiriu o produto.
Postup používateľov v krajinách Európskej únie pri vyhadzovaní zariadenia v domácom používaní do odpadu
Tento symbol na produkte alebo na jeho obale znamená, že nesmie by vyhodený s iným komunálnym odpadom. Namiesto toho máte povinnos odovzda toto zariadenie na zbernom
mieste, kde sa zabezpečuje recyklácia elektrických a elektronických zariadení. Separovaný zber a recyklácia zariadenia určeného na odpad pomôže chráni prírodné zdroje a
zabezpečí taký spôsob recyklácie, ktorý bude chráni ľudské zdravie a životné prostredie. Ďalšie informácie o separovanom zbere a recyklácii získate na miestnom obecnom úrade,
vo firme zabezpečujúcej zber vášho komunálneho odpadu alebo v predajni, kde ste produkt kúpili.
Ravnanje z odpadno opremo v gospodinjstvih znotraj Evropske unije
Ta znak na izdelku ali embalaži izdelka pomeni, da izdelka ne smete odlagati skupaj z drugimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Odpadno opremo ste dolžni oddati na določenem zbirnem
mestu za recikliranje odpadne električne in elektronske opreme. Z ločenim zbiranjem in recikliranjem odpadne opreme ob odlaganju boste pomagali ohraniti naravne vire in zagotovili,
da bo odpadna oprema reciklirana tako, da se varuje zdravje ljudi in okolje. Več informacij o mestih, kjer lahko oddate odpadno opremo za recikliranje, lahko dobite na občini,
v komunalnem podjetju ali trgovini, kjer ste izdelek kupili.
Kassering av förbrukningsmaterial, för hem- och privatanvändare i EU
Produkter eller produktförpackningar med den här symbolen får inte kasseras med vanligt hushållsavfall. I stället har du ansvar för att produkten lämnas till en behörig återvinningsstation
för hantering av el- och elektronikprodukter. Genom att lämna kasserade produkter till återvinning hjälper du till att bevara våra gemensamma naturresurser. Dessutom skyddas både
människor och miljön när produkter återvinns på rätt sätt. Kommunala myndigheter, sophanteringsföretag eller butiken där varan köptes kan ge mer information om var du lämnar
kasserade produkter för återvinning.
Изхвърляне на оборудване за отпадъци от потребители в частни домакинства в Европейския съюз
Този символ върху продукта или опаковката му показва, че™продуктът не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с домакинските отпадъци. Вие имате отговорността да изхвърлите
оборудването за отпадъци, като го предадете на определен пункт за рециклиране на електрическо или механично оборудване за отпадъци. Отделното събиране и рециклиране
на оборудването за отпадъци при изхвърлянето му помага за запазването на природни ресурси и гарантира рециклиране, извършено така, че™да не застрашава човешкото
здраве и околната среда. За повече информация къде можете да оставите оборудването за отпадъци за рециклиране се свържете със съответния офис в града ви, фирмата за
събиране на отпадъци или с™магазина, от който сте закупили продукта
Română
Português
Eliminación de residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos por parte de usuarios domésticos en la Unión Europea
Este símbolo en el producto o en el embalaje indica que no se puede desechar el producto junto con los residuos domésticos. Por el contrario, si debe eliminar este tipo de residuo, es
responsabilidad del usuario entregarlo en un punto de recogida designado de reciclado de aparatos electrónicos y eléctricos. El reciclaje y la recogida por separado de estos residuos
en el momento de la eliminación ayudará a preservar recursos naturales y a garantizar que el reciclaje proteja la salud y el medio ambiente. Si desea información adicional sobre los
lugares donde puede dejar estos residuos para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las autoridades locales de su ciudad, con el servicio de gestión de residuos domésticos o con la
tienda donde adquirió el producto.
Slovenčina
Smaltimento di apparecchiature da rottamare da parte di privati nell'Unione Europea
Questo simbolo che appare sul prodotto o sulla confezione indica che il prodotto non deve essere smaltito assieme agli altri rifiuti domestici. Gli utenti devono provvedere allo
smaltimento delle apparecchiature da rottamare portandole al luogo di raccolta indicato per il riciclaggio delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La raccolta e il riciclaggio
separati delle apparecchiature da rottamare in fase di smaltimento favoriscono la conservazione delle risorse naturali e garantiscono che tali apparecchiature vengano rottamate
nel rispetto dell'ambiente e della tutela della salute. Per ulteriori informazioni sui punti di raccolta delle apparecchiature da rottamare, contattare il proprio comune di residenza,
il servizio di smaltimento dei rifiuti locale o il negozio presso il quale è stato acquistato il prodotto.
Slovenščina
Entsorgung von Elektrogeräten durch Benutzer in privaten Haushalten in der EU
Dieses Symbol auf dem Produkt oder dessen Verpackung gibt an, dass das Produkt nicht zusammen mit dem Restmüll entsorgt werden darf. Es obliegt daher Ihrer Verantwortung, das
Gerät an einer entsprechenden Stelle für die Entsorgung oder Wiederverwertung von Elektrogeräten aller Art abzugeben (z.B. ein Wertstoffhof). Die separate Sammlung und das
Recyceln Ihrer alten Elektrogeräte zum Zeitpunkt ihrer Entsorgung trägt zum Schutz der Umwelt bei und gewährleistet, dass sie auf eine Art und Weise recycelt werden, die keine
Gefährdung für die Gesundheit des Menschen und der Umwelt darstellt. Weitere Informationen darüber, wo Sie alte Elektrogeräte zum Recyceln abgeben können, erhalten Sie bei
den örtlichen Behörden, Wertstoffhöfen oder dort, wo Sie das Gerät erworben haben.
Svenska
Évacuation des équipements usagés par les utilisateurs dans les foyers privés au sein de l'Union européenne
La présence de ce symbole sur le produit ou sur son emballage indique que vous ne pouvez pas vous débarrasser de ce produit de la même façon que vos déchets courants.
Au contraire, vous êtes responsable de l'évacuation de vos équipements usagés et, à cet effet, vous êtes tenu de les remettre à un point de collecte agréé pour le recyclage des
équipements électriques et électroniques usagés. Le tri, l'évacuation et le recyclage séparés de vos équipements usagés permettent de préserver les ressources naturelles et de s'assurer
que ces équipements sont recyclés dans le respect de la santé humaine et de l'environnement. Pour plus d'informations sur les lieux de collecte des équipements usagés, veuillez contacter
votre mairie, votre service de traitement des déchets ménagers ou le magasin où vous avez acheté le produit.
Български
Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste
equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment
at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where
you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.
Polski
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union
Înlăturarea echipamentelor uzate de către utilizatorii casnici din Uniunea Europeană
Acest simbol de pe produs sau de pe ambalajul produsului indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat alături de celelalte deşeuri casnice. În loc să procedaţi astfel, aveţi
responsabilitatea să vă debarasaţi de echipamentul uzat predându-l la un centru de colectare desemnat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor electrice şi a™echipamentelor electronice.
Colectarea şi reciclarea separată a™echipamentului uzat atunci când doriţi să îl aruncaţi ajută la conservarea resurselor naturale şi asigură reciclarea echipamentului într-o manieră care
protejează sănătatea umană şi mediul. Pentru informaţii suplimentare despre locul în care se poate preda echipamentul uzat pentru reciclare, luaţi legătura cu primăria locală, cu
serviciul de salubritate sau cu vânzătorul de la care aţi achiziţionat produsul.
Power consumption
Power usage drops significantly while in Sleep mode, which saves natural resources and saves
money without affecting the high performance of this product. To determine the Energy Star
274
Regulatory information
qualification status for this product, see the Product Data Sheet or Specification Sheet. Qualified
produicts are also listed at http://www.hp.com/go/energystar.
Chemical Substances
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our
products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No
1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this
product can be found at: www.hp.com/go/reach
Environmental product stewardship program
275
Appendix D
Third-party licenses
Expat
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject
to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
OpenSSL
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected]) All rights reserved.
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young ([email protected]).The
implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are
aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution
is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be
removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author
of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following isclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following
acknowledgement:
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected])"
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not
cryptographic related :-).
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory
(application code) you must include an acknowledgement:"This product includes software
written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
276
Regulatory information
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot
be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence
[including the GNU Public Licence.
====================================================================
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following
acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL
Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written
permission, please contact [email protected].
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear
in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL
Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
====================================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). This
product includes software written by Tim Hudson [email protected]).
====================================================================
Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
Third-party licenses
277
Appendix D
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following
acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSLToolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written
permission, please contact [email protected].
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear
in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL
Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
====================================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). This
product includes software written by Tim Hudson([email protected]).
====================================================================
Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ECC cipher suite support in
OpenSSL originally developed by SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL
project.
SHA2
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability
to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of product life.
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation
Last update: 02/02/2007
Issue date: 04/30/2005
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay ([email protected]) All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
278
Regulatory information
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Third-party licenses
279
Index
Symbols/Numerics
(ADF) automatic document
feeder
clean 160
feeding problems,
troubleshoot 160
10 x 15 cm photo paper
copy 86
4 x 6 inch photo paper
copy 86
A
accessibility 13
accessories
part numbers 242
self-test diagnostic
page 101
acoustic emissions 261
Add Printer installation 133
ADF
media sizes supported 30
ADF (automatic document
feeder)
capacity 26
load originals 25
administrator
settings 93
ADSL, fax setup with
parallel phone systems 109
after the support period 250
align printer 152
answer ring pattern
change 72
parallel phone systems 111
answering machine
fax tones recorded 215
set up with fax (parallel
phone systems) 121
set up with fax and
modem 123
Attention light 16
Auto Answer button 16
automatic document feeder
(ADF)
capacity 26
clean 160
280
feeding problems,
troubleshoot 160
load originals 25
automatic fax reduction 66
B
Back button 17
backup fax reception 63
baud rate 74
best copy quality 86
black and white pages
copy 84
fax 53
black dots or streaks,
troubleshoot
copies 199
scan 203
blank pages, troubleshoot
copy 198
print 165
scan 203
blocked fax numbers
device control panel
button 16
reports 66
set up 66
view list 68
borderless printing
Mac OS X 38
Windows 37
both sides, print on 41
broadcast faxing
send 57
buttons, control panel 15
C
cameras
insert memory cards 48
cancel
copy 91
print job 43
scan 47
scheduled fax 57
Cancel button 16
capacity
ADF 26
tray 33
cards
guidelines 29
sizes supported 31
tray supporting 33
cartridges. See ink cartridges
clean
automatic document
feeder 160
exterior 160
printhead 151
scanner glass 159
clear
fax logs 82
collate
copies 89
color
copies 89
dull 187
fax 58
color copy 84
colored text, and OCR 47
computer modem
shared with fax (parallel
phone systems) 114
shared with fax and
answering machine
(parallel phone
systems) 123
shared with fax and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 117
shared with fax and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 127
confirmation reports, fax 80
connection type
change 139
connections
features available 17
connectors, locating 15
contrast, fax 60
Index
control panel
buttons 15
lights 15
copy
cancel 91
collate copies 89
enhance light areas 89
from the device control
panel 84
legal to letter 88
margin shift 90
number of copies 85
paper size 86
paper types,
recommended 86
quality 86, 198
reduce 88
settings 85
specifications 259
speed 86
troubleshoot 197
two-sided 90
Copy button 16
Copy menu 19
correct port test, fax 206
critical error messages 21
custom-sized media
guidelines 30
print on 36
sizes supported 33
customer support
electronic 244
phone support 247
warranty 250
cut-off pages, troubleshoot 166
D
dark images, troubleshoot
copies 199
scans 203
darken
copies 88
faxes 60
date stamp
print from memory card 52
Declaration of Conformity
(DOC) 271
default settings
copy 85
device control panel 21
driver 40
fax 61
print 40
deleting faxes from memory 64
device
no response 168
device control panel
administrator settings 93
copy from 84
faceplate, removing 252
locating 14
menus 19
messages 20
network settings 103
scan from 44
send faxes 54
send scans to computer 45
settings, change 21
diagnostic page 154
dial tone test, failure 208
dial type, setting 73
dial-up modem
shared with fax (parallel
phone systems) 114
shared with fax and
answering machine
(parallel phone sy
anstems) 123
shared with fax and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 117
shared with fax and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 127
digital cameras
connect 49
insert memory cards 48
distinctive ringing
change 72
parallel phone systems 111
DOC 271
documentation 11
dots or streaks, troubleshoot
copies 199
dots per inch (dpi)
fax 16
dots, troubleshoot
scan 203
double-sided printing 41
driver
settings 40
version 248
DSL, fax setup with
parallel phone systems 109
duplexer
clear jams 227
installation 38
media sizes supported 30
remove 254
duty cycle 256
E
ECM. See error correction mode
edit
scanned images 46
text in OCR program 47
electrical specifications 260
embedded Web server
about 97
administrator settings 94
blocked fax numbers,
view 68
fax log, view 82
opening 98
pages 99
system requirements 258
troubleshoot, cannot be
opened 224
Webscan 45
envelopes
guidelines 29
sizes supported 31
tray supporting 33
environmental
specifications 260
environmental sustainability
program 273
error correction mode 61
error messages
device control panel 21
unable to activate TWAIN
source 202
error reports, fax 81
error-correction mode, fax 73
Ethernet connections 17
EWS. See embedded Web
server
F
faded copies 198
faded stripes on copies,
troubleshoot 199
fast copy quality 86
fax
answer mode 71
answering machine and
modem, shared with
281
(parallel phone
systems) 123
answering machine
troubleshoot 215
answering machine, set up
(parallel phone
systems) 121
auto answer 16, 71
backup fax reception 63
block numbers 16
blocking numbers 66
confirmation reports 80
contrast 60
darken or lighten 60
default settings 61
deleting from memory 64
dial tone test, failed 208
dial type, setting 73
distinctive ringing setup
(parallel phone
systems) 111
distinctive ringing, change
pattern 72
DSL, set up (parallel phone
systems) 109
error correction mode 61
error reports 81
error-correction mode 73
Fax Menu button 16
Fax to Mac 68
Fax to PC 68
forwarding 65
header 71
Internet Protocol, over 78
ISDN line, set up (parallel
phone systems) 110
lighten or darken 60
line condition test,
failed 209
log, clear 82
log, print 81
manual receive 62
modem and answering
machine, shared with
(parallel phone
systems) 123
modem and voice line,
shared with (parallel
phone systems) 117
modem and voice mail,
shared with (parallel
phone systems) 127
282
modem, shared with (parallel
phone systems) 114
monitor dialing 55, 57
paper size 65
parallel phone systems 105
PBX system, set up (parallel
phone systems) 110
phone cord connection test,
failed 206
phone cord too short 215
phone cord type test,
failed 206
photos 58
poll to receive 64
poor quality printouts 182
print last transaction
details 82
receive 61
receive, troubleshoot 210,
213
redial options 74
reduction 66
reports 79
reprint 64
resolution 59
rings to answer 72
schedule 56
send 53
send to multiple
recipients 58
send, troubleshoot 210, 212,
214
separate line setup (parallel
phone systems) 108
set up 104
settings 59
settings, change 70
setup types 106
shared phone line setup
(parallel phone
systems) 112
sound volume 75
specifications 259
speed 74
speed-dial entries, set
up 75
speed-dial groups, set
up 76
test failed 204
test setup 79
troubleshoot 203
voice mail, set up (parallel
phone systems) 113
wall jack test, failed 205
Fax Menu button 16
fax problems
poor print quality 182
Fax to Mac
activate 68
modify 68
Fax to PC
activate 68
modify 68
fit to page 87
FoIP 78
fonts supported 256
forwarding faxes 65
G
glass, scanner
clean 159
load originals 24
locating 14
grainy or white bands on copies,
troubleshoot 199
graphics
incompletely filled on
copies 199
look different from original
scan 202
groups, speed-dial
set up 76
H
hardware, fax setup test 204
head 151
header, fax 71
help 244
see also customer support
Help button 17
Hewlett-Packard Company
notices 3
HP Photosmart Software 22
HP Photosmart Studio 22
HP Printer Utility (Mac OS X)
administrator settings 95
opening 99
panels 99
HP Solution Center
send scans to computer 45
send scans to computers 45
humidity specifications 260
Index
I
L
index sheets
print 50
ink
low 178
streaks on the back of
paper 191
ink cartridge 147
Ink cartridges
supported 256
ink cartridges
check ink levels 144
expiration dates 101
locating 14
low ink 178
order online 242
part numbers 101
replace 145
status 93, 101
supported 243
tips 144
yields 256
ink levels, check 144
installation
Add Printer, Windows 133
duplexer 38
software for Mac OS X 133
software for Windows 129
troubleshoot 225
Windows network
software 131
Internet Protocol
fax, using 78
IP address
checking for device 225
IP settings 104
ISDN line, set up with fax
parallel phone systems 110
language, printer 256, 257
left arrow 17
legal paper
copy 86
letter paper
copy 86
light images, troubleshoot
copies 199
scans 203
lighten
copies 88
faxes 60
lights, control panel 15
line condition test, fax 209
lines
copies, troubleshoot 199
scans, troubleshoot 202,
203
link speed, setting 104
load
tray 1 35
log, fax
print 81
view 82
J
jams
clear 227
media to avoid 29
paper 227, 229
jobs
settings 21
Junk Fax Blocker button 16
junk fax mode 66
K
keypad, device control panel
locating 16
M
Mac OS X
borderless printing 38
HP Photosmart Studio 22
HP Printer Utility 99
install software 133
print on special, or customsized media 37
print settings 41
sharing device 133, 134
uninstall software 142
wireless communication
setup 137
maintain
ink cartridge 147
printhead 151
maintenance
align printer 152
check ink levels 144
clean printhead 151
diagnostic page 154
print quality report 154
printhead 151
replace ink cartridges 145
manual faxing
receive 62
send 54, 55
margin shift
copies 90
margins
incorrect 175
setting, specifications 34
text or graphic cut off 176
media
ADF capacity 26
borderless printing 37
clear jams 227
duplexing 41
HP, order 243
load tray 35
print on custom-sized 36
selecting 29
skewed pages 196
specifications 30
supported sizes 30
troubleshoot feeding 196
types and weights
supported 33
memory
deleting faxes 64
reprint faxes 64
save faxes 63
specifications 257
memory cards
date stamp 52
index sheets 50
insert 48
new defaults 52
photo fix 51
print DPOF files 49
print files 50
red eye removal 51
save photos to computer 51
scan to 45
specifications 261
troubleshoot 223
Memory Stick cards
insert 48
slot, locating 49
menus, device control panel 19
missing or incorrect information,
troubleshoot 166
MMC memory card
insert 48
model number 101
modem
shared with fax (parallel
phone systems) 114
shared with fax and
answering machine
283
(parallel phone
systems) 123
shared with fax and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 117
shared with fax and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 127
monitor dialing 55, 57
monitoring tools 93
multi-feeds, troubleshoot 197
N
Network tab, Toolbox
(Windows) 96
networks
advanced settings 103
connector illustration 15
Ethernet connections 17
IP settings 104
link speed 104
Mac OS X setup 133
operating systems
supported 258
protocols supported 258
settings, change 103
sharing, Windows 131
system requirements 258
view and printsettings 103
Windows setup 131
wireless communication
setup 134
wireless settings 101, 135
new defaults
print from memory card 52
noise information 261
normal copy quality 86
number of copies 85
O
OCR
edit scanned documents 47
troubleshoot 201
OK button 17
On button 16
one-touch speed dial
buttons 16
operating environment
specifications 260
operating systems
supported 257
284
originals
edit scans 46
scan 44
output tray
locating 14
media supported 34
remove 254
P
packing the device 255
pages per month (duty
cycle) 256
paper
feed fails 192
jams 227, 229
legal to letter copy 88
recommended copy
types 86
size, set for fax 65
paper size
copy setting 86
paper-feed problems,
troubleshoot 195
parallel phone systems
answering machine
setup 121
countries/regions with 105
distinctive ringing setup 111
DSL setup 109
ISDN setup 110
modem and answering
machine setup 123
modem and voice mail
setup 127
modem setup 114
modem shared with voice
line setup 117
PBX setup 110
separate line setup 108
setup types 106
shared line setup 112
PBX system, set up with fax
parallel phone systems 110
PCL 3 support 256
phone cord
connected to correct port
test failed 206
correct type test failed 206
extend 215
phone customer support 247
phone line, answer ring
pattern 72
phone support 248
phone support period
period for support 248
phone, fax from
receive 62
send, 54
photo fix
print from memory card 51
photo media
guidelines 29
sizes supported 32
Photo Menu button 16
photo paper
copy 86
photos
borderless printing 37
date stamp 52
edit scans 46
enhance copies 89
index sheets 50
insert memory cards 48
new defaults 52
print from DPOF files 49
print from memory cards 50
print with photo fix 51
red eye removal 51
save to computer 51
troubleshoot memory
cards 224
view 50
Photosmart Software 22
Photosmart Studio 22
poll to receive fax 64
poor fax printout quality 182
poor printout quality 179
ports, specifications 256
power
specifications 260
troubleshoot 164
power input, locating 15
power on button 16
print
blank printout 178
borderless fails 168
cancel 43
diagnostic page 154
distorted printout 184
double-sided 41
envelopes print
incorrectly 168
faded 187
fax logs 81
fax reports 79
faxes 64
Index
index sheets 50
last fax details 82
margins incorrect 175, 176
meaningless characters 171
nothing happens 172
photos from DPOF file 49
photos from memory
cards 50
print quality report 154
Printer Status page 101
quality, troubleshoot 179,
182, 185, 189
reversed page order 175
settings 40
slow 165
speed-dial entries 77
troubleshoot 164
troubleshooting 167
vertical streaks 190
Web pages 42
print cartridge latch, locating 14
print driver
settings 40
version 248
print quality
smeared ink 179
print quality report 154
print settings
print quality 179
print-carriage access door,
locating 14
printer driver
settings 40
version 248
Printer Status page
print 101
printer status page
information on 100
printer, align 152
printhead
clean 151
printing
slow, troubleshoot 195
problems
print 167
processor specifications 257
pulse dialing 73
Q
Quality button 16
quality, copy 86
quality, troubleshoot
copy 198
scan 202
R
radio interference
reducing 138
regulatory information 267
radio, turn off 103
readme 11
rear access panel
clear jams 227
illustration 15
remove 254
receive faxes
auto answer mode 71
automatically 61
blocking numbers 66
forwarding 65
manually 62
polling 64
rings to answer 72
troubleshoot 210, 213
recycle
print cartridges 273
red eye removal
print from memory card 51
redial options, setting 74
reduce fax 66
reduce/enlarge copies
resize to fit letter 88
resize to fit letter or A4 87
regulatory information 262, 267
regulatory model number 269
release notes 11
replace ink cartridges 145
reports
confirmation, fax 80
diagnostic 154
error, fax 81
fax test failed 204
junk fax 66
print quality 154
printhead 151
reprint
faxes from memory 64
resolution
fax 16
Resolution button 16
resolution, fax 59
Right arrow 16
rings to answer 72
S
save
default settings 21
faxes in memory 63
photos to computer 51
scan
cancel 47
edit images 46
error messages 202
from a TWAIN- or WIAcompliant program 46
from device control
panel 44
from Webscan 45
OCR 47
quality 202
scan specifications 260
Scan To button 16
send to a computer 45
settings for 47
slow 200
Start Color Photo button 17
Start Color Scan button 17
to memory card 45
troubleshoot 199
Scan menu 19
Scan To button 16
scanner glass
clean 159
load originals 24
locating 14
schedule fax 56
Secure Digital memory card
insert 48
security
wireless
communication 140
wireless settings 136
send faxes
basic fax 54
color fax 58
manually 54
memory, from 56
monitor dialing 55, 57
multiple recipients 58
schedule 56
troubleshoot 210, 212, 214
send scans
for OCR 47
to a computer 45
troubleshoot 199
serial number 101
285
serial phone systems
countries/regions with 105
setup types 106
Services tab, Toolbox
(Windows) 96
settings
administrator 93
control panel 21
copy 85
driver 40
fax 59
network 103
scan 47
speed, fax 74
volume, fax 75
setup
answering machine (parallel
phone systems) 121
answering machine and
modem (parallel phone
systems) 123
computer modem (parallel
phone systems) 114
computer modem and
answering machine
(parallel phone
systems) 123
computer modem and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 117
computer modem and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 127
connection types 17
distinctive ringing 72
distinctive ringing (parallel
phone systems) 111
DSL (parallel phone
systems) 109
fax 104
fax scenarios 106
fax, with parallel phone
systems 105
ISDN line (parallel phone
systems) 110
PBX system (parallel phone
systems) 110
separate fax line (parallel
phone systems) 108
shared phone line (parallel
phone systems) 112
test fax 79
286
voice mail (parallel phone
systems) 113
voice mail and computer
modem (parallel phone
systems) 127
Windows 129
Windows networks 131
Setup button 17
setup poster 11
sharing 17
sharing device
Mac OS X 133
Windows 131
shipping the device 252
size
scans, troubleshoot 203
troubleshoot copy 198
skew, troubleshoot
copy 199
print 196
scan 202
slow print, troubleshoot 165
smeared ink 179
software
connection types 17
HP Photosmart 22
installation on Mac OS
X 133
installation on Windows 129
OCR 47
uninstall from Mac OS
X 142
uninstall from Windows 141
Webscan 45
Solution Center
send scans to computers 45,
45
sound pressure 261
specifications
acoustic emissions 261
electrical 260
media 30
network protocols 258
operating environment 260
physical 256
processor and memory 257
storage environment 260
system requirements 257
speed
copy 86
troubleshoot for
scanner 200
troubleshoot print 165
speed dial
buttons 16
fax numbers, set up 75
groups, set up 76
one-touch buttons 16
print and view 77
send fax 54
Start Color Photo button 17
Start Color Scan button 17
Start Copy buttons
black 17
color 17
status
messages 20
network configuration
page 101
self-test diagnostic
page 101
supplies 93
storage environment
specifications 260
streaks, troubleshoot
copies 199
scan 203
stripes on scans,
troubleshoot 202
subscriber identification
code 71
supplies
order online 242
self-test diagnostic
page 101
status 93
yields 256
support. See customer support
support process 247
system requirements 257
T
technical information
copy specifications 259
fax specifications 259
memory card
specifications 261
scan specifications 260
telephone customer
support 247
telephone line, answer ring
pattern 72
telephone wall jack, fax 205
telephone, fax from
receive 62
send 54
Index
temperature specifications 260
tests, fax
dial tone, failed 208
failed 204
fax line condition 209
fax phone cord type test
failed 206
hardware, failed 204
port connection, failed 206
setup 79
telephone wall jack 205
text
cannot be edited after scan,
troubleshoot 201
cut off 176
incompletely filled on
copies 199
jagged 193
meaningless characters 171
missing from scan,
troubleshoot 201
not filled in 182
smooth fonts 193
splotchy on copies 199
troubleshoot 166
unclear on copies,
troubleshoot 199
unclear scans 203
tone dialing 73
Toolbox (Windows)
about 95
administrator settings 94
Estimated Ink Level tab 96
Network tab 96
opening 95
Services tab 96
transparencies
copy 86
tray
capacity 33
media sizes supported 30
media types and weights
supported 33
tray 1
load media 35
trays
capacities 33
clear jams 227
load media 35
locating 14
media sizes supported 30
paper guides illustration 14
troubleshoot feeding 196
troubleshoot
answering machines 215
blank pages printed 165
copy 197
copy quality 198
cut-off pages, incorrect text
or graphics
placement 166
device control-panel
messages 20
embedded Web server 224
fax 203
fax dial tone test failed 208
fax hardware test failed 204
fax line test failed 209
fax phone cord connection
test failed 206
fax phone cord type test
failed 206
fax problems 182
fax tests 204
fax wall jack test, failed 205
installation 225
jams, paper 229
media not picked up from
tray 196
memory cards 223
missing or incorrect
information 166
multiple pages are
picked 197
network configuration
page 101
paper-feed problems 195
power 164
print 164
print quality 179
printer status page 100
receive faxes 210, 213
scan 199
scan quality 202
send faxes 210, 212, 214
skewed copies 199
skewed pages 196
slow print 165
tips 163
troubleshooting
print 167
wireless problems 217
TWAIN
scan from 46
unable to activate
source 202
two-sided
copies 90
two-sided printing 41
U
uninstall software
Mac OS X 142
Windows 141
USB connection
features available 17
port, locating 14, 15
setup Mac OS X 133
setup Windows 129
specifications 256
V
vertical stripes on copies,
troubleshoot 199
view
blocked fax numbers 68
fax log 82
network settings 103
photos 50
speed-dial entries 77
voice mail
set up with fax (parallel
phone systems) 113
set up with fax and computer
modem (parallel phone
systems) 127
voltage specifications 260
volume
fax sounds 75
W
wall jack test, fax 205
warning messages 20
warranty 250
Web pages, print 42
Web sites
accessibility information 13
Apple 134
customer support 244
environmental
programs 273
order supplies and
accessories 242
supply yield data sheet 256
wireless security 136
Webscan 45
287
white bands or stripes,
troubleshoot
copies 199
scans 202
WIA (Windows Image
Application), scan from 46
Windows
Add Printer installation 133
borderless printing 37
duplexing 41
HP Photosmart Software 22
HP Solution Center 97
install software 129
network setup 131
print on special or customsized media 36
print settings 40
set up wireless
communication 137
sharing device 131
system requirements 257
uninstall software 141
Windows Image Application
(WIA), scan from 46
wireless communication
advanced wireless
troubleshooting 218
basic wireless
troubleshooting 218
Ethernet setup 137
radio, turn off 103
reducing interference 138
regulatory information 267
security 140
set up 134
set up on Mac OS X 137
settings 135
turn off 137
wizard 137
X
xD-Picture memory card
insert 48
slot, locating 49
288
© 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com/support
Podręcznik użytkownika